Revision as of 02:25, 19 March 2019

Text

Attachment 13 - Exelon Generation Company, LLC Instrument Setpoint Calculations
	ML100321363
Person / Time
Site:	LaSalle
Issue date:	01/27/2010
From:	; Exelon Generation Co, Exelon Nuclear
To:	; Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
Shared Package
ML100321303	List: ML100321304; ML100321306; ML100321307; ML100321309; ML100321316; ML100321324; ML100321326; ML100321340; ML100321363; ML100321371; RS-10-001, Attachment 10 - Cameron International Corporation, Application for Withholding Proprietary Information from Public Disclosure; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Attachment 10 - Cameron International Corporation, Application for Withholding Proprietary Information from Public Disclosure; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Attachment 11 - Exelon Generation Company, LLC Calculation L-003445 Core Thermal Power Uncertainty to Support Mur for LaSalle Unit 2.; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Attachment 13 - Exelon Generation Company, LLC Instrument Setpoint Calculations; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Attachment 2 - Markup of Proposed Operating License and Technical Specifications Pages; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Attachment 3 - Markup of Proposed Technical Specifications Bases and Technical Requirements Manual Pages; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Attachment 5 - Summary of Regulatory Commitments; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Attachment 7 - GEH Nuclear Energy Affidavit Supporting Withholding; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Attachment 8 - NEDO-33485, Rev. 0, Safety Analysis Report for LaSalle County Station Units 1 and 2, Thermal Power Optimization.; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Request for License Amendment Regarding Measurement Uncertainty Recapture Power Uprate;
References
	RS-10-001 L-001345, Rev 2
	Download: ML100321363 (259)
	v • d • e

{{#Wiki_filter:ATTACHMENT 13 Exelon Generation Company, LLC Instrument Setpoint Calculations

LIST OF CALCULATIONS INCLUDED L-001345, Rev. 2, Average Power Range Monitor (APRM), Rod Block Monitor (RBM), and Recirculation Flow Monitor (RFM) Bistable Loop Accuracy for Rod Block and Scram Functions L-001345, Minor Rev. 2 A L-001345, Minor Rev. 2 B L-001345, Minor Rev. 2 C

L-001345, Minor Rev. 2 D Note: Minor Revision 2 D provides the changes related to the proposed power uprate. However, the preceding revisions are provided, since the minor revisions are not incorporated into the body of Revision 2.

Exhibit A NEP-12-02LA Revision 4 CALCULATION TITLE PAGE PAGE NO: 1 ComEd Calculation No.L-001345 DESCRIPTION CODE: 104 DISCIPLINE CODE: I LaSalle SYSTEM CODE: C51 t8l Unit 1 t8l Unit 2 o Unit 0 ELEVATION (C016)768'0" TITLE: Average Power Range Monitor (APRM), Rod Block Monitor (RBM).and Recirculation Flow Monitor (RFM)Bistable Loop Accuracy for Rod Block and Scram Functions t8l Safety Related o Regulatory Related o Augmented Quality o Non-Safety Related REFERENCE NUMBERS (C011 Panel)Type Number Type, Number AEDV I&C Engineering CHRN PAL PROG ROJ 10620-008 YS RNID COMPONENT EPN: (C014 Panel)DOCUMENTNUMBERS: (C012 Panel)EPN ComptType Doc Sub Document Number Assoc.See Section 1.0 Type Type Calc.PROG STN See Reference 3.5 DYes t8l No DCD OCP 9700500 DYes t8l No OCO OCP 9700502 DYes t8l No CALC ENG N EO-I-EIC-0255 t8l Yes 0 No DYes 0 No REMARKS: GE DRF C51-00206 REV.REVISING APPROVED DATE NO.ORGANIZATION PRINT/SIGN 0 General Electric Larry Chi (GE)12-22-97 1 Sargent&Lundy W.A.Barasa 3-19-99 2 Sargent&Lundy W.A.Barasaf I CALCULATION NO.L-001345 Project NO.1 0546-026 PAGE NO.: 2 REVISION SUMMARIES REV: 0 o Partial (Only Revised Pages Included)l8lComplete (All Calculation Pages Included)REVISION

SUMMARY

Initial Issue.Electronic Calculation Data Files: (Program Name, Version, File name ext/size/date/hour:

min)WordPerfect 6.1, L-001345.6RO/1 ,281 ,278/12-22-97/11

55 pm Word 6.0, L 1345FIG.DOC/29,696/12-19-97/2:23 pm PREPARED BY: W.Kent Green (GE)Print Sign 12-22-97 Date REVIEWED BY: Daniel L.Gould (GE)Print Sign 12-22-97 Date Type of Review l8l Detailed 0 Alternate Supplemental Review Required 0 Yes (NEP-12-05 documentation attached)Supervisor:

o Test o No DO ANY ASSUMPTIONS IN THIS CALCULATION REQUIRE LATER VERIFICATION 0 YES l8l NO Tracked by: REV: 1 l8l Partial (Only Revised Pages Included)oComplete (All Calculation Pages Included)3-/9-9<)Date Print PREPARED _REVISION

SUMMARY

Revised to widen calibration tolerances for modules a3A, a3B, a6A, a6B in support of DCPs 9700500&9700502.Added limitations to the allowed upscale and comparator trip setpoint calibration tolerances for the recirculation flow monitor.Also corrected minor typos.Revised the following pages: 43, 44,76,77, 78,144,145,151,152,166,167,172,173,178,179,188, 190, 191.Z, Electronic Calculation Data Files: (Program Name, Version, File name ext/size/date/hour:

min)REVIEWED BY:--,-P...:,:.J::..:.. .....:...:R=iP=PPrint Sign Date Type of Review l8l Detailed 0 Alternate Supplemental 0 Yes (NEP-12-05 documentation attached)Supervisor: r..A o Test DO ANY ASSUMPTIONS IN THIS CALCULATION REQUIRE LATER VERIFICATION 0 YES l8l NO Tracked by: Commonwealth Edison Company Nuclear Operations Division Calculation Site Appendix-LaSalle Site NEP-12-02LA Revision 4 Exhibit A COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION REVISION PAGE Exhibit A NEP-12-02LA Revision 4 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 PAGE NO.: 2.1 of 191 REVISION SUMMARIES REV: 2)(PartltLl (Or.1'/R eVIHJ Paqfj Il"cl....)ul)1.1 CCMpllie (A" (<<Ie" 1 4 t'of'(t,'jes InchJ(cI)REVISION

SUMMARY

Revised pages 1, O.J,c 2.1, 3, 6, 7,14, 17, 18, 44, 110, Ill, 113,114,149, 150, 153, 154, 155,156,160,161,168, 169, 171,184,187,188, and 191.Calculated new setpoints and allowable values for APRM flow biased simulated power scram and rod blocks (flow biased and clamp)based on revised analytical limits resulting from power uprate.ELECTRONIC CALCULATION DATA FILES REVISED: (Program Name, Version, File name ext/size/date/hour:

min)PREPARED BY: J.R.Basak DATE: ,/:/rr.Print/Sign p.-REVIEWED BY: D.J.Cuj ko A.Q) 9J!l6 DATE: 7/fJ/9'Print/Sign tf Type of Review)(Detailed o Alternate o Test documentation attached))4 NO DO ANY ASSUMPTIONS IN THIS CALCULATION REQUIRE LATER VERIFICATION DYES jNO Tracked by: REV: REVISION

SUMMARY

ELECTRONIC CALCULATION DATA FILES REVISED: (Program Name, Version, File name ext/size/date/hour:

min)PREPARED BY: DATE: Print/Sign REVIEWED BY: DATE: Print/Sign Type of Review o Detailed o Alternate o Test Supplemental Review Required 0 YES (NEP-12-05 documentation attached)o NO Supervisor: DO ANY ASSUMPTIONS IN THIS CALCULATION REQUIRE LATER VERIFICATION DYES o NO Tracked by: COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS Exhibit D NEP-12-Q2 Revision" o qKl)CALCULATION NO.DESCRIPTION L-001345 REV.NO.2 PAGE NO.PAGE NO.3 OF 191 SUB-PAGE NO.TITLE PAGE REVISION

SUMMARY

TABLE OF CONTENTS CALCULATION SECTION1.0 PURPOSE and OBJECTIVE SECTION 2.0 METHODOLOGY and ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA SECTION

3.0 REFERENCES

SECTION 4.0 DESIGN INPUTS SECTION 5.0 ASSUMPTIONS SECTION 6.0 INSTRUMENT CHANNEL CONFIGURATION 'ECTION 7.0 PROCESS PARAMETERS SECTION8.0 LOOP ELEMENT DATA SECTION 9.0 CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT DATA SECTION 10.0 CALIBRATION PROCEDURE DATA SECTION 11.0 MODULE ERRORS SECTION 12.0 INSTRUMENT CHANNEL TOTAL ERROR SECTION 13.0 ERROR ANALYSIS

SUMMARY

SECTION

14.0 CONCLUSION

S SECTION 15.0 CALCULATION SPREADSHEET ATTACHMENTS 1 2 3 5 7 11 15 19 21 27 28 33 42 48 149 153 168 174 2.1 A.B.C.GE Drawing 22A2843, Rev.7,"Neutron Monitoring System" Design Specification. GE Drawing 22A2843AF, Rev.7,"Neutron Monitoring System" Design Specification Data Sheet.GE Drawing 235A1386, Rev.1,"Design and Performance Specification APRM (Page)." A1-A32 B1-B17 C1-C6 I CALCULATION NO.DESCRIPTION L-001345 REV.NO.0 PAGE NO.Exhibit 0 NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 PAGE NO.4 OF 191 SUB-PAGE NO.D.E.F.G.H.I.J.K.L.M.N.O.P.).GE Drawing 248A9544, Rev.1,"Rod Block Monitor (Page)'69" Specification. NEDC-31336P-A,"General Electric Instrumentation Setpoint Methodology," September 1996, (GE Proprietary Information), Sections 2.2.5 and 4.5.CornEd Letter DG 97-001088,"Reclassification of the drift error term in the CornEd Setpoint Accuracy Methodology," dated 25 August, 1997.Rosemount Nuclear Data Sheet,"Model 1152 Alphaline Pressure Transmitter for Nuclear Service," MAN 4235AOO, 1995.GE Drawing 225A6445, Rev.0,"Flow Unit (Page)" Design and Performance Specification. Letter to File, KG971022.DOC, Documents Telecons with LaSalle NMS Engineer Gene Pfister.E-Mail from Julie Leong to Clark F.Canham and W.Kent Green dated 10/14/97,

Subject:

LaSalle Recirc Flow Drift and Flow Element Accuracy.NEDO-31558-A dated March 1993,"position on NRC Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revision 3, Requirements for Post-Accident Neutron Monitoring System." GE letter, A097-011, Allowance for Process Computer Core Power Measurement Analytical Uncertainty in LaSalle, from Jose L.Casillas, dated December 12, 1997.GE letter, A097-015 Rev.1, Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power Scram and APRM Rod Block in LaSalle, from Jose L.Casillas, dated December 22, 1997 with its Enclosure (4).GE Drawing 328X105TD, Rev.3,"Power Range Monitoring Cabinet," Parts List.GE Drawing PL791E507TD, Rev.10,"Power Range Monitoring Cabinet," Parts List.GE Drawing PL791E392BB, Rev.14,"Flow Unit," Parts List.E-Mail from Andrew N.Poulos to Jose L.Casillas, Daniel L.Gould, and Larry Chi dated December 10, 1997,

Subject:

LaSalle Flow Bias.D1-D10 E1-E22 F1-F3 G1-G5 H1-H5 I1-I2 J1-J2 K1-K15 L1-L3 M1-M4 N1-N3 01-05 P1-P8 Q1-Q3 Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 1.0 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVE I I PAGE 5 of 191 The purpose of this calculation is to determine with a high degree of certainty whether or not there exists positive margin between the Analytical Limits and the calibration and Tech Spec setpoints, and between the Tech Spec LCO values and the calibration and Tech Spec setpoints, for the various trips of the Power Range Neutron Monitoring System (PRNMS).For the purposes of this calculation the PRNMS consists of the Average Power Range Monitors (APRM), the Rod Block Monitors (RBM), and the Recirculation Flow Monitor (RFM).The evaluated trips from these three subsystems can cause a scram via the Reactor Protection System (RPS)or a rod withdrawal block via the Reactor Manual Control System (RMCS).Following is a list of the evaluated trips: Trips that cause a scram APRM Neutron Flux-High (Fixed)APRM Neutron Flux-High (Fixed)(Setdown)APRM Simulated Thermal Power-Upscale (Flow Biased)Two Recirculation Loop Operation APRM Flow Biased Trip Clamp Two Recirculation Loop Operation APRM Simulated Thermal Power-Upscale (Flow Biased)Single Recirculation Loop Operation APRM Flow Biased Trip Clamp Single Recirculation Loop Operation Trips that cause a rod block APRM Neutron Flux-High (Fixed)APRM Neutron Flux-Downscale APRM Flow Biased Upscale Trip RBM Upscale RBM Downscale RFM Upscale RFM Comparator The equipment covered by this calculation is listed below: FT-1B33-N014A FT-1B33-N014B FT-1B33-N014C FT-1B33-N014D FT-2B33-N014A FT-2B33-N014B FT-1B33-N024A FT-1B33-N024B FT-1B33-N024C FT-1B33-N024D FT-2B33-N024A FT-2B33-N024B REVISION NO.I oII I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02 qtu5 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 FT-2B33-N014C FT-2B33-N014D FY-1B33-K608A FY-1B33-K608B FY-1B33-K608C FY-1B33-K608D FY-2B33-K608A FY-2B33-K608B FY-2B33-K608C FY-2B33-K608D FY-1B33-K607A FY-1B33-K607B

FY-1B33-K607C FY-1B33-K607D I FT-2B33-N024C FT-2B33-N024D FY-1B33-K606A FY-1B33-K606B

FY-1B33-K606C FY-1B33-K606D FY-2B33-K606A FY-2B33-K606B FY-2B33-K606C FY-2B33-K606D FY-2B33-K607A FY-2B33-K607B

FY-2B33-K607C FY-2B33-K607D I PAGE 6 of 191 RY-1C51-K605GM RY-1C51-K605GN RY-1C51-K605GP RY-1C51-K605GR RY-1C51-K605GS RY-1C51-K605GT RY-2C51-K605GM RY-2C51-K605GN RY-2C51-K605GP RY-2C51-K605GR RY-2C51-K605GS RY-2C51-K605GT RY-1C51-K605GU RY-1C51-K605GV RY-2C51-K605GU RY-2C51-K605GV Since the components of the PRNMS are not relied upon for any accident mitigation or post accident control function (Reference 3.21)this calculation takes into account only the normal environmental conditions. The Standard Technical Specifications (Reference 3.24, Table 3.3.1.1-1) are only applicable to this calculation for the Neutron Flux High-Setdown and Fixed Neutron Flux-High Scram trips.The values given for the flow biased trips are differnt than the current LaSalle values (i.e., LaSalle, a BWR/5, has different slope and offset values).The rod block functions of the RBM and Recirculation Flow Monitor are not covered in the Standard Technical Specifications of Reference 3.24.In addition, this calculation will determine the required nominal trip setpoints and allowable values for the APRM flow biased simulated thermal power scram and rod block functions (flow biased and clamped)for the revised analytical limits resulting from the uprating of thermal power discussed in Reference 3.33.REVISION NO.I o I 2 I I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 ReViSion;" qd6 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 7 of 191 2.0 METHODOLOGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA The methodology used for this calculation is that presented in References 3.2 and 3.3.A setpoint will be considered acceptable if the calculation shows that a positive margin exists.If a positive margin does not exist a new setpoint will be calculated according to the criteria of Reference 3.3.Revision 2 of this calculation is in accordance with Reference 3.34.For all trips, the calculation will begin with the existing Tech Spec Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP).The'Total Error'(TE)for each setpoint will be determined twice, once to support an Analytical Limit (AL)evaluation and once to support an Allowable Value (AV)evaluation. Then, by adding or subtracting the appropriate error terms, the AL and AV margins to the Tech Spec setpoint will be demononstrated to be positive.Positive margin for the procedual setpoints is also documented. 2.1 The evaluation of errors used to determine the'Total Error'(TE)is consistent with the above methodology with the following exceptions: a.The calibration tolerance is assumed to describe the limits of the as-left component outputs.For a random error, this corresponds to 100%of the population and can be statistically represented bya3 sigma value.Per References 3.2 and 3.3, the'Setting Tolerance'(ST)is defined as a random error which is due to the procedural allowances given to the technician performing the calibration. For this calculation: ST=(Calibration tolerance)/3 b.Drift Time Period Extension (10)Section 3.3.1 of Reference 3.2, Exhibit A, gives the following equation for calculating the effective drift based on a given surveillance interval (SI)and a known drift uncertainty term (IDE): eD=(1+LF/SI)*SI*IDE where LF is the late factor.In this equation IDE is some variable per unit time.This effectively says that eD is adjusted for time differences linearly by the ratio of (1+LF/SI)*SI to the time interval portion of IDE.REVISION NO.I o I 2II Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 8 of 191 Reference 3.8 allows drift to be treated as a random variable.Therefore, as is done in Reference 3.13, when it is necessary to adjust the drift data for a time period that is longer than the time period associated with the given drift data, the adjustment will be performed by using the square root of the ratio of the two time periods.RD={[(1+LF/SI)*SI]/IDET}o,s*IDE v where IDE T is the per unit time portion (denominator) of IDE, and IDE v is the drift value portion (numerator) of IDE.Note that drift values will not be reduced when the surveillance interval is less than the given instrument drift time period.c.Error propagation through Square Root Modules The Recirculation Flow Monitors each contain two square root modules that convert the 4 to 20 rna signals from the flow transmitters toa0 to 10 Vdc output.From these values the transfer equation is determined to be v=25.JI-4 Equation 1 where V is the output in Vdc and I is the input current from the transmitter in milliamps. Since this is a non-linear function the error transfer from input to output depends on the operating point.The transfer of the error at any point can be determined by taking the derivative of this transfer function (Reference 3.3).The result is.JI-4 Equation 2 where dV is the output error caused by an input error of dI at a value of I current.Since there may be times where the operating point may be known as a function of the output voltage rather than input current an equation for this condition can be developed by solving the first equation for I and substituting in the second equation.The result is REVISION NO.I dV=3.125dI V o I Equation 3II Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 9 of 191 These last two equations will be used as necessary in determining the effect of the flow transmitters' errors on the flow loop accuracy.The procedures actually measure the input current by running it through a one ohm resistor and measuring the voltage across the resistor.Therefore, the measured value is actually millivolts. However, since the resistor is one ohm the numerical value of the millivolt signal is exactly the same as the current in milliamps. Therefore, the voltage readings in millivolts can be used directly for the terms I and dI in equations 1 through 3.d.Static Pressure Span Effect References 3.5.s and 3.5.t state that a 1%of span correction has been included in the calibration to compensate for the static pressure span effect.However, Reference 3.14 states that there is a plus/minus correction uncertainty associated with this compensation. Therefore, this uncertainty will be included as a random error term in this calculation. Although the vendor gives this error term as a percent of reading, it will be considered as percent calibrated span which simplifies the calculation and is conservative. 2.2 Flow Biased Trip Slope Adjustment The procedures of Reference 3.5 allow a certain tolerance when setting the flow biased trips in both the APRMs and RBMs.This has the effect of permitting a slope other than the specified value in the Flow to Power conversion circuit.Because of this the specified slope will be modified using the methodology of Reference 3.3 to a value that will allow for the setting tolerances. Both the APRM and RBM procedures check the flow biased trip setpoints at two different values.The maximum error in the slope would then be determined by taking the most positive error at one point and the most negative error at the other point (procedural tolerances are in Vdc).This can then be converted to a percent power change by dividing by the volts per percent power, and then converted to a fraction by dividing by the flow difference between the two measurement points.The resulting error fraction can then be added to the specified slope to give a new value for use in the calculation. This slope will be the worst case slope (maximum)allowable by the procedures. The equation for this new slope is: REVISION NO.I o III COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02 ReViSiOnfh qav CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 10 of 191 Slope NEw=Slope sp+[(T++T)/0.08]/.6.Flow This will be used for both APRM and RBM flow biased error calculations. For the APRMs, the tolerance (T+,T-)is+/-0.04 Vdc and the calibration flow is 80%flow, (Section 10.4).For the RBMs, the tolerance (T+,T-)is+/-0.04 Vdc and the calibration flow is 100%flow (Section 10.5).2.3 The numbers displayed in this calculation have not been rounded to six decimal places.As such, the internal spreadsheet is carrying additional digits.This may cause the sixth decimal place to vary from normal rounding convention. Rounding was removed to make the electronic file more stable.The variations of the last digits do not affect the final calculation results and therefore are considered acceptable. REVISION NO.I o I 2II Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345

3.0 REFERENCES

I I PAGE 11 of 191 3.1 ANSI/ISA-S67.04-1988,"Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation." 3.2 TID-E/I&C-20, Rev.0,"Basis for Analysis of Instrument Channel Setpoint Error&Loop Accuracy." 3.3 TID-E/I&C-10, Rev.0,"Analysis of Instrument Channel Setpoint Error and Instrument Loop Accuracy." 3.4 NED-I-EIC-0255, Rev.0, dated 04-14-94,"Measurement and Test Equipment (M&TE)Accuracy Calculation For Use With Commonwealth Edison Company Boiling Water Reactors." Chron 208597 3.5 LaSalle Station Procedures a.LIS-NR-103AA, Rev.2,"Unit 1 Average Power Range Monitor Channels A, C, and E Rod Block and Scram Semiannual Calibration for Normal Plane Conditions." b.LIS-NR-103AB, Rev.2,"Unit 1 Average Power Range Monitor Channels A, C, and E Rod Block and Scram Semiannual Calibration During Single Loop Operation." c.LIS-NR-103BA, Rev.3,"Unit 1 Average Power Range Monitor Channels B, D, and F Rod Block and Scram Semiannual Calibration for Normal Plane Conditions." d.LIS-NR-103BB, Rev.3,"Unit 1 Average Power Range Monitor Channels B, D, and F Rod Block and Scram Semiannual Calibration During Single Loop Operation." e.LIS-NR-105, Rev.12,"Unit 1 Rod Block Monitor Calibration." f.LIS-NR-107, Rev.6,"Unit 1 APRM/RBM Flow Converter to Total Core Flow Adjustment." g.LIS-NR-109, Rev.7,"Unit 1 APRM Gain Adjustment." h.LIS-NR-111, Rev.7,"Unit 1 LPRM Flux Amplifier Gain Adjustment." i.LIS-NR-113, Rev.6,"Unit 1 Rod Block Monitor Calibration for Single Reactor Recirculation Loop Operation." j.LIS-NR-203AA, Rev.0,"Unit 2 Average Power Range Monitor Channels A, C, and E Rod Block and Scram Semiannual REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 12 of 191 Calibration for Normal Plant Conditions." k.LIS-NR-203AB, Rev.0, 2 Average Power Range Monitor Channels A, C, and E Rod Block and Scram Semiannual Calibration During Single Loop Operation." 1.LIS-NR-203BA, Rev.0, 2 Average Power Range Monitor Channels B, D, and F Rod Block and Scram Semiannual Calibration for Normal Plant Conditions." m.LIS-NR-203BB, Rev.0, 2 Average Power Range Monitor Channels B, D, and F Rod Block and Scram Semiannual Calibration During Single Loop Operation." n.LIS-NR-205, Rev.12, 2 Rod Block Monitor Calibration." o.LIS-NR-207, Rev.6, 2 APRM/RBM Flow Converter to Total Core Flow Adjustment." p.LIS-NR-209, Rev.7, 2 APRM Gain Adjustment." q.LIS-NR-211, Rev.7, 2 LPRM Flux Amplifier Gain Adjustment." r.LIS-NR-213, Rev.6, 2 Rod Block Monitor Calibration for Single Reactor Recirculation Loop Operation." s.LIS-RR-101, Rev.II, 1 Recirculation Flow Converter Calibration." t.LIS-RR-201, Rev.10, 2 Recirculation Flow Converter Calibration." 3.6 LaSalle Station UFSAR, Rev.II, dated April 8, 1996 3.7 LaSalle Station Technical Specification Unit I, Amendment No.117, dated January, 29, 1997 and Technical Specification Unit 2, Amendment No.102, dated January 29, 3.8 CornEd Letter DG 97-001088, of the drift error term in the CornEd Setpoint Accuracy Methodology," dated 25 August, 1997.3.9 GE Drawing 22A2843, Rev.7, Monitoring System" Design Specification. 3.10 GE Drawing 22A2843AF, Rev 7, Monitoring System" Design Specification Data Sheet.REVISION NO.I o 1 1 1 Exhibit E NEP*12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 13 of 191 3.11 GE Drawing 235A1386, Rev.1,"Design and Performance Specification APRM (Page)." 3.12 GE Drawing 248A9544, Rev.1,"Rod Block Monitor (Page)'69" Specification. 3.13 NEDC-31336P-A,"General Electric Instrumentation Setpoint Methodology," September 1996, (GE Proprietary Information), Sections 2.2.5 and 4.5.3.14 Rosemount Nuclear Data Sheet,"Model 1152 Alphaline Pressure Transmitter for Nuclear Service," MAN 4235AOO, 1995.3.15 Core Operating Limits Report, Appendix A, LaSalle Unit 1 Cycle 8 dated March 1996, and Appendix B, LaSalle Unit 2 Cycle 7 (no date).3.16 Letter to File, KG971022.DOC, Documents Telecons with LaSalle NMS Engineer Gene Pfister.3.17 E-Mail from Julie Leong to Clark F.Canham and W.Kent Green dated 10/14/97,

Subject:

LaSalle Recirc Flow Drift&Flow Element Accuracy.3.18 GE Drawing 225A6445, Rev.0,"Flow Unit (Page)" Design and Performance Specification. 3.19 ABB Combustion Engineering Document 00000-ICE-3231, Rev.2,"Flow Unit Requirements Specification." 3.20 NDIT No.LS-0643, Upgrade 0, Transmittal of information concerning ambient temperature and seismic errors.3.21 NEDO-31558-A dated March 1993,"Position on NRC Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revision 3, Requirements for Post-Accident Neutron Monitoring System." 3.22 NDIT No.LS-0588, Upgrade 0, Transmits documents describing CornEd methodology for performing setpoint calculations, MT&E accuracies, and CornEd calibration procedures. 3.23 NDIT No.LS-0598, Upgrade 1, Transmits CornEd procedures101, Rev.11 and LIS-RR-201, Rev.10;NEP-12-02, Rev.5;LaSalle County Station UFSAR, Rev.11, Chapter 3.11, Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment; Letter DG 97-001088, dated August 25, 1997, regarding,"Reclassification of the drift error term in the CornEd Setpoint Accuracy." REVISION NO.I oIII COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision;to C)tLD CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 14 of 191 3.24 NUREG 1434, Rev.0,"Standard Technical Specifications, General Electric Plants, BWR/6" dated September 1992.3.25 NDIT No.LS-0604, Upgrade 0, Transmittal of ABB"Flow Unit Requirements Specification 00000-ICE-3231, Rev.2." 3.26 GE letter, A097-011, Allowance for Process Computer Core Power Measurement Analytical Uncertainty in LaSalle, from Jose L.Casillas, dated December 12, 1997.3.27 NDIT No.LS-0684, Upgrade 1, Limits for use as Inputs in APRM Setpoint Calculations." 3.28 GE letter, A097-015 Rev.1, Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power Scram and APRM Rod Block in LaSalle, from Jose L.Casillas, dated December 22, 1997 with its Enclosure (4).3.29 GE Drawing 328X105TD, Rev.3,"Power Range Monitoring Cabinet," Parts List.3.30 GE Drawing PL791E507TD, Rev.10,"Power Range Monitoring Cabinet," Parts List.3.31 GE Drawing PL791E392BB, Rev.14,"Flow Unit," Parts List.3.32 E-Mail from Andrew N.Poulos to Jose L.Casillas, Daniel L.Gould, and Larry Chi dated December 10, 1997,

Subject:

LaSalle Flow Bias.3.33 SEAG 99-000517,"Power Uprate Safety Analysis Report for LaSalle County Station Units 1 and 2", GE Nuclear Energy, NEDC-32701P, Revision 1, DRF A13-00384-16, July 1999.3.34 NES-EIC-20. 04, Revision 1,"Analysis of Instrument Channel Setpoint Error and Instrument Loop Accuracy." REVISION NO.I o I 2 I I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 4.0 DESIGN INPUTS 4.1 Accuracy for Flow Transmitters I I PAGE 15 of 191 The procedures of Reference 3.5.s and 3.5.t indicate that there are five different calibrated spans for the 16 flow transmitters covered by this calculation. Since some of the uncertainty terms depend on the calibrated span and/or the transmitters upper range, the lowest value of the calibrated span will be used for all flow loops since this will produce conservative results.4.2 Environmental Conditions at Flow Transmitters The ComEd EWCS (Electronic Work Control System)indicates that the EQ Zone for the Flow Transmitters is LH4A.Table 3.11-6 of Reference 3.6 indicates that the short term peak temperature in this area resulting from an HELB event is 145°F with a total integrated gamma dose of lxl0 7 rads.However, the Flow Transmitters are only being evaluated for normal operating conditions so these bounding conditions are not applicable. Table 3.11-15 of Reference 3.6 gives the service conditions environment for this zone.This indicates that under normal conditions temperatures could reach a maximum of 118°F, although this is predicted to occur for only about 9 days out of the remaining plant life (about 13,000 days).Therefore, 118°F will be used as the maximum temperature at the flow transmitter. 4.3 Temperature, radiation, humidity, and power supply errors are considered to be included in the manufactures accuracy terms when they are not identified separately.

4.4 Instrument

reference accuracy was obtained from the published manufacturer's accuracy specifications.

4.5 Calibration

tolerances were obtained from the associated LIS calibration procedures listed in Reference 3.5.4.6 Per Reference 3.20"A minimum ambient temperature of 60°F should be used to calculate temperature effect and Measurement &Test Equipment (M&TE)error." 4.7 Per Reference 3.20"For normal errors, seismic events less than or equal to an Operating Basis Earthquake (OBE)are considered to cause no permanent shift in the input/output relationship of the devices.For seismic events greater than an OBE, affected instrumentation will be recalibrated as necessary prior to any subsequent accident (i.e., prior to restart), negating any permanent shift which may have resulted from a post seismic REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 16 of 191 shift.Therefore, the seismic error for normal operating conditions is considered to be negligible." Since the Power Range Neutron Monitoring System is not for mitigation of an accident this statement is applicable for all seismic error terms.4.8 The RBM contains a variable gain function whose purpose is to adjust the reading of the local average monitored by the RBM to equal the overall core average as monitored by a reference APRM.The range of gain variation in the RBM is 1 to 9 (Reference 3.12)in order to accommodate the range of local averages from center core to core edge.For this calculation the gain of the RBM will be considered equal to the nominal APRM gain since the RBM output is adjusted to equal an APRM output.This will produce conservative results when rod movement involves control rods centrally located in the core and non-conservative results when rods near the outside of the core are involved.However, this is considered acceptable for this application since the outside control rods have a lower rod worth making their movement less effective than movement of the inside rods.4.9 The Comparator Trip in the RFM compares the outputs from two RFMs by subtracting one of the signals from the other and then comparing the absolute value of the result with a fixed reference. Because of this subtraction process any portions of each RFM's error terms which are generated by the same input will be canceled.Since all four RFMs receive their input from the same two flow elements (one for the A loop and one for the B loop), the error induced by each flow element into each RFM will be exactly the same.Therefore, this error term does not need to be carried through the RFM when determining the error associated with the Comparator Trip function.4.10 Since the square root converter is not a linear module error terms appearing at the input must be converted to equivalent output values by one of the equations of Section 2.1.c.Also, these equations indicate that the conversion factor is a function of the operating point.Therefore, an operating point must be chosen at which the conversion will take place.For this calculation the operating point is considered to be 6 vdc (OP SR)at the output of the square root converters which is equal to approximately 75%Flow.Choosing this value is a compromise in that the error term is then conservative at flows greater than 75%but non-conservative at flows less than 75%.This is considered acceptable since in general plant operating margins become larger at low power, low flow conditions (Reference 3.28).REVISION NO.I oII I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02 ReviSion!b qUS CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I PAGE 17 of 191 4.11 Reference 3.13 indicates that the bias portion of LPRM detector non-linearity (SNL B), which is part of Primary Element Accuracy (PEA)term, depends on the operating point.Figure 4.5-4 show that at low power levels the bias would actually help the trip to occur sooner than necessary. For the downscale trips the value of the bias is approaching zero.Therefore, in this calculation a value of zero will be used for error determinations involving the APRM and RBM Downscale, APRM Setdown Rod Block, and APRM Setdown Scram trips.4.12 Flow Element Accuracy Reference 3.17 provides an accuracy value for the elbow type flow elements used at LaSalle.For the purposes of this calculation this value will be considered to be the error in the measurable parameter (b.P)over the applicable flow range.4.13 Errors pertaining to core power measurement as determined by the plant process computer have already been considered by various analyses as is indicated in Reference 3.26.Therefore, the core power measurement uncertainty does not need to be included in the setpoint calculations. 4.14 Analytical Limits and Allowable Values Inputs From References 3.27 and 3.33, Analytical Limit inputs are provided for all non-flow biased setpoints and the APRM Flow Biased Trip functions (flow biased and clamp).Reference 3.15 provides the Allowable Values for the RBM Upscale Trips.The Analytical Limits for the RBM flow-biased setpoints are calculated in Section 13.The information provided by References 3.15, 3.27, and 3.33 is summarized below: Bistable AL AV Reference APRM Flow Biased Trips Flow Biased Trip Clamp, Two 115.5%,-3.27 Recirc Loop Operation (TLO)119.5%Flow Biased Trip Clamp, Single 113.8%3.33 Recirc Loop Operation (SLO)Flow Biased STP Scram-TLO O.62W+70.9% 3.33 Flow Biased STP Scram-SLO O.55W+58.33% 3.33 Flow Biased STP Rod Block-TLO O.62W+59.47% 3.33 Flow Biased STP Rod Block-SLO O.55W+46.9% 3.33 REVISION NO.I 0 I 2II COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2. Revision 1 (pCALCULATION NO.L-001345 I PAGE 18 of 191 Bistable AL AV Reference APRM Fixed Trips Neutron Flux-High (Fixed)122.4%,-3.27, (Scram)124.2%3.33 Neutron Flux-High (Fixed)25%-3.27 (Setdown)(Scram)Neutron Flux-High (Fixed)19%-3.27 (Setdown)(Rod Block)Neutron Flux Downscale (Rod 0%-3.27 Block)Rod Block Monitor Trips RBM Upscale (Rod Block), Two-0.66W 3.15 and Recirc Loop Operation+48%Section 10.5 RBM Upscale (Rod Block),-0.66W 3.15 and Single Recirc Loop Operation+Section 42.7%10.5 RBM Downscale (Rod Block)0%-3.27 Recirc Flow Monitor Trips RFM Upscale (Rod Block)116%-3.27 RFM Comparator (Rod Block)19%-3.27 REVISION NO.I 0 I 2 I I Exhibit E NEP-12-G2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 5.0 ASSUMPTIONS I I PAGE 19 of 191 5.1 Published instrument and M&TE vendor specifications are considered to be 2 sigma (0)values unless specific information is available to indicate otherwise. 5.2 It is assumed that the M&TE listed in Section 9.0 is calibrated to the required manufacturer's specifications and within the manufacturer's required environmental conditions. Temperature related errors are based on the difference between the manufacturer's specified calibration temperature and the worst case temperature at which the device is used.It is also assumed that the calibration standard accuracy error of the M&TE is negligible with respect to the other error terms unless noted otherwise within this calculation.

5.3 Deleted

5.4 When no setting tolerances are given in the procedures for measurements using digital instruments, it will be assumed that the setting tolerance is equal to the reference accuracy of the test instrument.

5.5 Deleted

5.6 Deleted 5.7 Since the ABB designed flow unit has not yet been installed, it will be assumed that this flow unit will be mounted in the same general area as is the present flow unit.Therefore, the environmental parameters for the current flow unit will be assumed to be applicable to the new ABB flow unit.5.8 Reference 3.18 gives only a"Stability" value for the specifications of the trip circuits in the GE manufactured Recirculation Flow Monitor.Therefore, it will be assumed that this uncertainty encompasses both accuracy and drift and the value given will be divided equally (algebraically) between accuracy and drift.This makes their values equivalent to those for the APRM Fixed Trips which are of similar design.It will also be assumed that the drift time period given for the analog drift term applies here.5.9 Since there have been no procedures generated for calibrating the ABB designed flow unit it will be assumed that, when developed, they will be similar to those used to calibrate the GE designed flow unit.Therefore, the MTE and ST terms derived for the GE REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 20 of 191 flow unit will be assumed applicable to the calibration of the ABB flow unit.5.10 Reference 3.19 does not give a value for drift for the ABB RFM trip circuits.Therefore, it will be assumed that drift is included in the accuracy term.5.11 Based on the information contained in References 3.4 and 3.16 it will be assumed that LaSalle is using a Wallace and Tiernan Model 65-120 instrument when the procedures of References 3.5.s and 3.5.t call for a Pneumatic Calibrator. REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 21 of 1916.0 INSTRUMENT CHANNEL CONFIGURATION The Power Range Neutron Monitoring System (PRNMS)can be divided into three primary blocks;the Recirculation Flow Monitors (RFM)of which there are four, the Average Power Range Monitors (APRM)of which there are six, and the Rod Block Monitors (RBM)of which there are two.Each of these three blocks will be discussed separately. Block diagrams of the complete PRNMS and one for each of the three subsystems follows the discussion. Recirculation Flow Monitor Each RFM receives the current output from two differential pressure transmitters that are monitoring the flow in the two reactor recirculation drive loops.These signals are applied to the input of square root converters that change the current input to a voltage output that is proportional to the flow in each loop.The outputs of the square root converters are then summed, the resulting output representing the total flow in the two recirculation loops.The total flow signal is then applied to an Upscale Trip, one input of a Comparator Trip, and to the associated APRMs and RBMs.The other input to the Comparator Trip comes from another RFM, the comparison being a means of determining possible problems in the flow monitoring equipment. Average Power Range Monitor An APRM is made up of several individual monitoring channels of Local Power Range Monitors (LPRM)plus the electronic circuitry required to average the outputs of these LPRM channels, and the trip circuits required to indicate high or low average power.Each LPRM card receives a current signal from an incore neutron detector and converts this signal to a voltage output which in turn is applied to an input of the APRM averaging circuitry. The averaging circuitry takes the inputs from as many as 22 LPRMs and, as the name implies, provides an output that is the average of the inputs.This output is then calibrated to represent average core thermal power.The output of the averaging circuitry is applied to the several upscale or downscale trip circuits.Some of the trip circuits use a field adjustable voltage as a reference. These are referred to throughout this calculation as the fixed trip circuits.Other trip circuits use as a reference a signal which varies as a function of the recirculation flow.These trips are referred to as flow biased trips.This variable reference is generated within the APRM by a circuit (Flow Controlled Trip Reference Unit)that receives the output from one of the RFMs and REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 22 of 191 converts this to a signal proportional to the input but with a slope less than one.The uncertainties for the Flow Controlled Trip Reference Unit is included in the APRM uncertainties. The outputs from the trip circuits go either to the Reactor Protection System where they can cause a scram, or to the Reactor Manual Control System where a rod withdrawal block may be initiated. Rod Block Monitor The Rod Block Monitor is similar to the APRM in that it receives the signals from multiple LPRMs, averages them, and provides outputs to trip circuits.However, instead of averaging LPRMs from throughout the core, the RBM looks only at those LPRMs immediately surrounding a control rod that has been selected for movement.Once the average has been performed the RBM adjusts the output such that it is equal to or greater than the output of a reference APRM.The output of the averaging circuit then goes to some flow biased upscale trip circuits and a fixed downscale trip.The flow biased reference in the RBM is generated exactly as it is in the APRM.The outputs of the trip circuits in the RBM all go to the Reactor Manual Control System where they will initiate a rod block.REVISION NO.I o I I I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 23 of 191 r 1 Trips to LPRM RPS In-Core r 1 APRM Neutron Detectors I (21 or 22 per APRM)Trips to I I RMCS L P R Average Flow (0 to 125%)M Power s (0 to 125%)Flow Unit RBM Trips to 1----+RMCS Flow Xmtr v Recirculation Flow Flow Xmtr Trips to L----+RMCS Figure 1 Power Range*,"'\Neutron Monitoring System REVISION NO.o I I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 24 of 191 Module 3A........Upscale Trip***************7*** Module 38....._--.L.-........w Comparator To RMCS Trip 1--'---+--+ To APRMs, I-+--+------------il---+ RBMs, and a Flow Unit Flow Summer Flow Unit..............

......Module 3 Square RootConverter...............

-

".....'Module 2...................Square Root-

--Converter...._-.Module 1..../\.Flow Xmtr Flow Xmtr From Another Flow Unit..........

+........... ..Figure 2 Recirculation Flow Monitor REVISION NO.I o I I I Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 25 of 191.................................. LPRM In-Core Neutron Detectors (21 or 22 per APRM)I I LPRM**********7**** Module4A..............LPRM To RBM'..Internal Calibrator Module4B......................, Averaging andGain Circuitry o to 125%Power to Recorder, Computer, RBM r: Downscale Ref.--1---:-+1 Trip.Module .'--::-----.:: 1---'-+/Upscale Ref.--1---'-+1 Neutron Trip J, To RMCS ToRPS....................................

T<>RPS To RMCS APRM 1---...

STP Module 40----+--r-7f-..-: Trip------............. -........:-

'--I1--'oW Upscale Alarm Flow Controlled Trip Reference Unit From Flow Unit (Module 3)Figure 3 Average Power Range Monitor REVISION NO.o I I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 LPRMs from APRMs (1/2 of Total Core LPRMs)RBM Selection Matrix-I--I PAGE 26 of 191 Ref.APRM Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry

...__.._..._...__._-_..__..__..Module 5A Module 58........r-: To Recorder...................................... Module 5C.........r..--.._";Flow Controlled Trip Reference Unit From Flow Unit (Module 3)RBM Downscale Trip Upscale Trip ib 1-'---4--_ To RMCS 1-'---4---To RMCS REVISION NO.I o I Figure 4_,-..Rod Block Monitor 1 Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 7.0 PROCESS PARAMETERS I I PAGE 27 of 191 The process being measured by the LPRM detectors is reactor core neutron activity, normally referred to as neutron flux.The detectors are positioned three-dimensionally throughout the reactor core and are in contact with reactor water.The following are the applicable process parameters (References3.9 and 3.10): Neutron Flux: Operating: Peak: Gamma Flux: Operating: Pressure: Temperature 1.2x10 12 to 2.8x10 14 nv (nv=unit of neutron density)3.4x10 14 nv at 120%Rated Power 4.2x10 8 to 1.2x10 9 R/hr at 100%Rated Power 1025 psig nominal at 100%Rated Power 1375 psig maximum emergency 546°F nominal 583°F emergency conditions The Power Range Neutron Monitoring System interfaces with some differential pressure transmitters from the Reactor Recirculation System that are being used to measure recirculation drive flow.The sensing portion of these transmitters is exposed to approximately the same process pressure as are the neutron detectors. The temperature of the fluid has, however, dropped to reactor building ambient temperature by the time it reached the location of the transmitters. Based on References 3.5.s and 3.5.t, 100%Flow in these flow loops is equal to 55,000 GPM.REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-0013458.0 LOOP ELEMENT DATA I I PAGE 28 of 191 8.1 Module 1 Rosemount Differential Pressure Transmitter Model 1152DP5E220280PB (From EWCS)Equipment Numbers (From Procedures) FT-1B33-N014A FT-1B33-N014B FT-1B33-N014C FT-1B33-N014D FT-2B33-N014A FT-2B33-N014B FT-2B33-N014C FT-2B33-N014D FT-1B33-N024A FT-1B33-N024B FT-1B33-N024C FT-1B33-N024D FT-2B33-N024A FT-2B33-N024B FT-2B33-N024C FT-2B33-N024D

8.1.1 Transmitter

Specifications (Range 5)(Reference 3.14)Upper Range: Accuracy: Temperature Effect: Drift: Power Supply Effect: Static Pressure Zero Effect: Static Pressure Span Effect: (Correction Uncertainty) Seismic Effect: Radiation Effect: 750 in H 2 0+/-0.25%SP+/-(0.5%UR+0.5%SP)per 100°F+/-0.2%UR/30 months+/-0.005%SP/volt +/-0.25%UR/2000 psi+/-0.25%Reading/1000 psi+/-0.25%UR to 3g+/-8%UR for TID=5x10 6 rads at a dose rate of 0.4x10 6 rad/hr 8.1.2 Environmental Parameters at Transmitter Location (Zone LH4A from EWCS)The maximum temperature for EQ Zone LH4A is 118°F (See Section 4.3).The minimum temperature is 60°F (Assumption 5.3)From Table 3.11-15 of Reference 3.6, the expected relative humidity is 35%, the pressure is-0.4" W.G., and the integrated gamma dose is 2x10 6 rads.8.2 Module 2 GE Square Root Converter Model 136B3051AAG003 (Reference 3.31)Equipment Numbers (From Section 3.5)FY-1B33-K608A FY-1B33-K608B FY-1B33-K608C FY-1B33-K608D FY-1B33-K606A FY-1B33-K606B FY-1B33-K606C FY-1B33-K606D REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I FY-2B33-K608A FY-2B33-K608B FY-2B33-K608C FY-2B33-K608D I PAGE 29 of 191 FY-2B33-K606A FY-2B33-K606B FY-2B33-K606C FY-2B33-K606D 8.2.1 8.2.2 Square Root Converter Specifications Per Reference 3.18 the reference accuracy for the square root converter is included in an overall RFM accuracy which will be applied at the output of the Flow Summer (Module 3).Environmental Parameters at Square Root Converter Location (Zone LC1A from EWCS)(Reference 3.6, Table 3.11-24)Temperature (OF)Relative Humidity (%)Radiation 72-74 35-45 1x10 3 rads gamma (integrated)

8.3 Module

3 GE Flow Summer Model 136B3088AAG001 (Reference 3.31)Equipment Numbers (From Section 3.5)FY-1B33-K607A FY-1B33-K607B FY-1B33-K607C FY-1B33-K607D FY-2B33-K607A FY-2B33-K607B FY-2B33-K607C FY-2B33-K607D 8.3.1 Flow Summer Specifications Per Reference 3.18 the following specifications apply to the flow unit in total including the square root converters (Module 2).Accuracy: Drift: Trip Stability: +/-2%FS+/-1.25%FS per 700 hrs.2%FS Per Assumption

5.8 stability

is divided equally between accuracy and drift.Therefore, Trip Accuracy: Trip Drift: 1%FS 1%FS per 700 hrs.REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO" L-001345 I I PAGE 30 of 191 8.3.2 Environmental Parameters at Flow Summer Location (Zone LC1A from EWCS)(Reference 3.6, Table 3.11-24)Temperature (OF)Relative Humidity (%)Radiation 72-74 35-45 1x10 3 rads gamma (integrated)

8.4 Module

4 Equipment Numbers (From Section 3.5)Average Power Range Monitor (APRM)Model 145C3096BBG001 &G002 (Reference 3.30)RY-1C51-K605GM RY-1C51-K605GN RY-1C51-K605GP RY-1C51-K605GR RY-1C51-K605GS RY-1C51-K605GT RY-2C51-K605GM RY-2C51-K605GN RY-2C51-K605GP RY-2C51-K605GR RY-2C51-K605GS RY-2C51-K605GT 8.4.1 APRM Specifications LPRM Specifications (Reference 3.9)Accuracy: Drift:+/-0.8%FS+/-0.8%FS/700 Hrs.Averaging Circuitry Specifications (Reference 3.11)Accuracy: Drift: Gain: Trip Circuits (Non-Flow Biased)Accuracy: Drift:+/-0.8%FS+/-0.5%FS/700 Hrs.2.5+/-40%(Reference 3.11)+/-1%FS+/-1%FS/700 Hrs.Trip Circuits (Flow Biased)(Reference 3.11)Accuracy: (50 to 100%Flow)(0 to 50%Flow)Drift:+/-1%FS+/-2%FS+/-1%FS/700 Hrs.(Reference 3.9)REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 31 of 191 8.4.2 Environmental Parameters at APRM Location (Zone LC1A from EWCS)(Reference 3.6, Table 3.11-24)72-74 35-45 1x10 3 rads gamma (integrated) Rod Block Monitor (RBM)Model 145C3105BBG001 &G002 (Reference 3.30)Temperature (0 F)Relative Humidity (%)Radiation 8.5 Module 5 Equipment Numbers (Reference 3.16)RY-1C51-K605GU RY-1C51-K605GVRY-2C51-K605GURY-2C51-K605GV 8.5.1 RBM Specifications (Reference 3.12)Averaging and Gain Adjust Circuitry Accuracy: Drift: Gain Range: Accuracy of Null:+/-0.8%FS+/-0.3%FS per 4 hrs.1 to 9+/-1%of Point Trip Circuits (Non-Flow Biased)Same as APRM (Uses same Quad Trip Cards)Trip Circuits (Flow Biased)Same as APRM (Uses same Quad Trip and Flow Biased Trip Unit Cards)8.5.2 Environmental Parameters at RBM Location (Zone LC1A from EWCS)(Reference 3.6, Table 3.11-24)Temperature (OF)Relative Humidity (%)Radiation 72-74 35-45 1x10 3 rads gamma (integrated) REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP*12.Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 32 of 191 8.6 Module 6 Equipment Numbers ABB Recirculation Flow Monitor Model (Reference 3.25)Not Known 8.6.1 Flow Unit Specifications (Reference 3.19)Accuracy: (Total Flow Voltage Output)Temperature Effect: (Total Flow Voltage Output)Drift: (Total Flow Voltage Output)Comparator Trip Accuracy: (+/-2%minus 1%total flow error)Upscale Trip Accuracy: (+/-2%minus 1%total flow error)Transmitter Power Supply Drift:+/-1%CS+/-0.5%CS+/-0.5%CS per 30 months+/-1%CS+/-1%CS+/-2%per 30 months 8.6.2 Environmental Parameters at Flow Unit Location (Zone LC1A from EWCS)(Reference 3.6/Table 3.11-24)[It is assumed that this flow unit will be mounted in the same general area as is the present flow unit]Temperature (OF)Relative Humidity (%)Radiation 72-74 35-45 1x10 3 rads gamma (integrated) REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-0013459.0 CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT DATA I I PAGE 33 of 191 Most of the calibration procedures listed in Section 3.5 specify the specific instrument to be used.However, References 3.5.f, h, 0, and q require only that the DMM used should have an accuracy of at least+/-0.01 Vdc.If this is considered a two sigma value the one sigma requirement, which makes it compatible with the DMM data from Reference 3.4, would be 0.01/2 or+/-0.005 Vdc.This value will be considered the MTE uncertainty term in the portions of the calculation involving the above four specified procedures. The specified or acceptable DMMs are listed below with the evaluations of Reference 3.4 shown in Section 9.1 Calibration Instrument MTE Error[101 Evaluation Parameters MTE for all DMM Calibrations Fluke 45 Med(30 Vdc Rng)+/-0.002462 Vdc@10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8050A(20 Vdc Rng)+/-0.002693 Vdc@10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8060A(20 Vdc Rng)+/-0.003640 Vdc@10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8300A(10 Vdc Rng)+/-0.001005 Vdc@10Vdc, 68-86°F Fluke 8500A(10 Vdc Rng)+/-0.000180 Vdc@10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8505A(10 Vdc Rng)+/-0.000140 Vdc@10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8600A(200 mVdc Rng)+/-0.017205 mV@20 mVdc, 59-95°F Fluke 8600A(200 mVdc Rng)+/-0.022809 mV@20 mVdc, 104°F Fluke 8600A(200 mVdc Rng)+/-0.034961 mV@20 mVdc, 122°F Fluke 8600A(20 Vdc Rng)+/-0.001803 Vdc@10Vdc, 59-95°F Fluke 8800A(20 Vdc Rng)+/-0.000658 Vdc@10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8810A(20 Vdc Rng)+/-0.000658 Vdc@10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8840A Slo(20 Vdc Rng)+/-0.000461 Vdc@10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8840A Med(20 Vdc Rng)+/-0.000559 Vdc@10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8840A Fst(20 Vdc Rng)+/-0.002059 Vdc@10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F REVISION NO.I o I I I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 34 of 191 9.1 DMM Measurement Error Evaluations From Reference 3.5 DMMs are used to measure the voltage of various signals during calibration of the analog and trip functions. Therefore, each DMM which is either specified or acceptable for use in these applications will be evaluated on the appropriate Vdc scale and at the maximum voltage to be read.FLUKE 45 MEDIUM READING RATE RANGE: 30 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Reference Accuracyt (RA)+/-(0.025%(RDG) +2(digits)) Resolution (RES)=0.001 V Temperature Effect*(TE)=+/-(0.1 (Accuracy Spec.);eC)(l'IT)t 1 Year Accuracy Specification

From 0°c to 18°C and 28°c to 50°C[20][20]Temperature 64.4-+82.4 104 of=122 of=Differential (l'IT)OF (18-+28°C)40.0°c=}50.0°c=}Temperature Effect Not Applicable l'IT (40.0 28.0)OC 12.0°c l'IT=(50.0 28.0)OC 22.0°c Total Measurement Error (MTE)MTE+/-[(RA/2+TE/2)2+RES 2]\.;[10]Maximum Zone Temp.MTE at RDG=10 V MTE at RDG=30 V 64.4-+82.4 of+/-0.002462 V+/-0.004854 V 104 of+/-0.005050 V+/-0.010498 V 122 of+/-0.007269 V+/-0.015233 V REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 35 of 191 FLUKE 8050A RANGE: 20 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Reference Accuracyt (RA)+/-(0.03%(RDG)

+2(digits)) Resolution (RES)=0.001 V Temperature Effect*(TE)=+/-(O.l(Accuracy Spec.);eC)(t,T)t 1 Year Accuracy Specification

From 0°c to 18°c and 28°c to 50°c[20][20]Temperature 64.4-+82.4 104 of=122 of=Differential (t,T)OF (18-+28°C)40.0°c=}50.0°c=}Temperature Effect Not Applicable t,T (40.0 28.0)OC 12.0°C t,T=(50.0 28.0)OC 22.0°c Total Measurement Error (MTE)MTE+/-[(RA/2+TE/2)2+RE S2]..[10]Maximum Zone Temp.MTE at RDG=10 V MTE at RDG=20 V 64.4-+82.4 of+/-0.002693 V+/-0.004123 V 104 of+/-0.005590 V+/-0.008857 V 122 of+/-0.008062 V+/-0.012839 V FLUKE 8060A RANGE: 20 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Reference Accuracyt (RA)+/-(0.05%(RDG)

+2(digits)) Resolution (RES)=0.001 V Temperature Effect*(TE)=+/-(0.1 (Accuracy Spec.);eC)(t,T)t 1 Year Accuracy Specification

From 0°c to 18°c and 28°c to 50°c[20][20]Temperature 64.4-+82.4 104 of=122 of=Differential (t,T)OF (18-+28°C)40.0°c=}50.0°c=}Temperature Effect Not Applicable t,T (40.0 28.0)OC 12.0°C t,T=(50.0 28.0)OC 22.0°c Total Measurement Error (MTE)MTE+/-[(RA/2+TE/2)2+RE S 2]..[10]Maximum Zone Temp.MTE at RDG=10 V MTE at RDG=20 V 64.4-+82.4 of+/-0.003640 V+/-0.006083 V 104 of+/-0.007765 V+/-0.013238 V 122 of+/-0.011245 V+/-0.019226 V REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 36 of 191 FLUKE 8300A RANGE: 10 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Ref.Accuracyt (RA)+/-(0.015%(RDG)

+0.005%(RNG)) [20]Resolution (RES)=0.0001 V Temp.Effect*(TE)=+/-((0.0007%(RDG) +0.0003%(RNG));oC)(l'.T)[20]t 1 Year Accuracy Specification

From a°c to 20°c and 30°c to 50°c Temperature Differential (l'.T)6886 OF (2030°C)104 OF=40.0°c:::}122 OF=50.0°c:::}Total Measurement Error (MTE)Temperature Effect Not Applicable l'.T (40.0 30.0)OC 10.0°c l'.T=(50.0 30.0)OC 20.0°c MTE=+/-[(RA/2+TE/2)2+RES 2]"[10]Maximum Zone 68-+86 104 122 Temp.MTE+/-+/-+/-at RDG=0.000412 0.000628 0.0008462V V V V MTE at RDG=+/-0.001005+/-0.001503+/-0.002003 10 V V V V FLUKE 8500ADIGIT RESOLUTION RANGE: 10 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Ref.Accuracyt (RA)+/-(0.002%(RDG)+1 (digit))[20]Resolution (RES)=0.0001 V Temp.Effect*(TE)=+/-((0.0002%(RDG)

+0.5(digit));oC)(l'.T)[20]t 1 Year Accuracy Specification

From 0°c to 18°c and 28°c to 50°c Temperature 64.482.4 104 OF=122 OF=Differential (l'.T)OF (1828°C)40.0°c:::}50.0°c:::}Temperature Effect Not Applicable l'.T (40.0 28.0)OC 12.0°C l'.T=(50.0 28.0)OC 22.0°c Total Measurement Error (MTE)MTE+/-[(RA/2+TE/2)2+REs 2]"[10]Maximum Zone Temp.MTE at RDG=2V MTE at RDG=10 V 64.482.4 OF+/-0.000122 V+/-0.000180 V 104 OF+/-0.000406 V+/-0.000579 V 122 OF+/-0.000671 V+/-0.000925 V REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 37 of 191 FLUKE 8600A RANGE: 200 mVdc Manufacturer's Specifications Ref.Accuracyt (RA)+/-(0.04%(RDG)

+O.Ol%(RNG)) [20]Resolution (RES)=0.01 mV Temp.Effect*(TE)=+/-((0.003%(RDG) +O.OOl%(RNG));oC)(L\T)[20]t 6 Month Accuracy Specification

From 0 DC to 15 DC and 35 DC to 50 DC Temperature Differential (L\T)5995 of (1535°C)104 of=40.0°c=}122 of=50.0°c=}Total Measurement Error (MTE)Temperature Effect Not Applicable L\T (40.0 35.0)OC 5.0°C L\T=(50.0 35.0)OC 15.0°C MTE=+/-[(RA/2+TE/2)2+RE S2].,[10]Maximum Zone Temp.MTE at RDG=20 mV MTE at RDG=50 mV 5995 of+/-0.017205 mV+/-0.022361 mV 104 of+/-0.022809 mV+/-0.030439 mV 122 of+/-0.034961 mV+/-0.047319 mV FLUKE 8600A RANGE: 20 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Ref.Accuracyt (RA)+/-(0.02%(RDG)

+0.005%(RNG)) [20]Resolution (RES)=0.001 V Temp.Effect'(TE)=+/-((O.OOl%(RDG) +0.0005%(RNG));oC)(L\T)[20]t 6 Month Accuracy Specification

From 0 DC to 15 DC and 35 DC to 50 DC Temperature Differential (L\T)5995 of (1535°C)104 of=40.0°c=}122 of=50.0°c=}Total Measurement Error (MTE)Temperature Effect Not Applicable L\T (40.0 35.0)OC 5.0°C L\T=(50.0 35.0)OC 15.0°C MTE=+/-[(RA/2+TE/2)2+REs 2]" Maximum Zone Temp.MTE at RDG=10 V 5995 of+/-0.001803 V 104 of+/-0.002236 V 122 of+/-0.003162 V REVISION NO.I 0II[10]MTE at RDG=20 V+/-0.002693 V+/-0.003400 V+/-0.004854 V I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 38 of 191 FLUKE 8800A RANGE: 20 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Ref.Accuracyt (RA)+/-(O.Ol%(RDG)

+0.0015%(RNG)) [20]Resolution (RES)=0.0001 V Temp.Effect'(TE)=+/-((0.0007%(RDG) +0.0002%(RNG));oC)(L'>T)[20]t 90 Day Accuracy Specification

From 0°c to 18°C and 28°c to 50°C Temperature 64.4--+82.4 104 of=122 of=Differential (L'>T)OF (18--+28°C)40.0°c=}50.0°c=}Temperature Effect Not Applicable L'>T (40.0 28.0)OC 12.0°c L'>T=(50.0 28.0)OC 22.0°c Total Measurement Error (MTE)MTE+/-[(RA/2+TE/2)2+RES 2];'[10]Maximum Zone Temp.MTE at RDG=10 V MTE at RDG=20 V 64.4--+82.4 of+/-0.000658 V+/-0.001154 V 104 of+/-0.001314 V+/-0.002232 V 122 of+/-0.001863 V+/-0.003132 V FLUKE 8810A RANGE: 20 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Reference Accuracyt (RA)+/-(0.01%(RDG)+3 (digits))[20]Resolution (RES)=0.0001 V Temperature Effect'(TE)=+/-((0.0007%(RDG)

+l(digit));oC)(L'>T)[20]t 90 Day Accuracy Specification

From 0°c to 18°C and 28°c to 50°C Temperature 64.4--+82.4 104 of=122 of=Differential (L'>T)OF (18--+28°C)40.0°c=}50.0°c=}Temperature Effect Not Applicable L'>T (40.0 28.0)OC 12.0°C L'>T=(50.0 28.0)OC 22.0°c Total Measurement Error (MTE)MTE+/-[(RA/2+TE/2)2+RES2];,[10]Maximum Zone Temp.MTE at RDG=10 V MTE at RDG=20 V 64.4--+82.4 of+/-0.000658 V+/-0.001154 V 104 of+/-0.001673 V+/-0.002592 V 122 of+/-0.002522 V+/-0.003791 V REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 39 of 191 FLUKE 8840A SLOW READING RATE RANGE: 20 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Ref.Accuracyt (RA)+/-(0.006%(RDG)+3 (digits))[2a]Resolution (RES)=0.0001 V Temp.Effect*(TE)=+/-((0.0006%(RDG)

+0.3(digits))/oC) [2a]t 1 Year Accuracy Specification

From 0°C to 18°C and 28°C to 50°C Temperature 64.482.4 104 of=122 of=DifferentialOF (1828°C)40.0°C50.0°C=>Temperature Effect Not Applicable=(40.0 28.0)OC 12.0 o C=(50.0 28.0)OC=22.0°C Total Measurement Error (MTE)MTE+/-[(RA/2+TE/2)2+REs 2]"[la]Maximum Zone Temp.MTE at RDG=10 V MTE at RDG=20 V 64.482.4 of+/-0.000461 V+/-0.000757 V 104 of+/-0.000995 V+/-0.001653 V 122 of+/-0.001443 V+/-0.002402 V FLUKE 8840A MEDIUM READING RATE RANGE: 20 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Ref.Accuracyt (RA)+/-(0.006%(RDG)

+5(digits)) [20]Resolution (RES)=0.0001 V Temp.Effect*(TE)=+/-((0.0006%(RDG) +0.3(digits))/oC)[20]t 1 Year Accuracy Specification

From 0°c to 18°C and 28°c to 50°C Temperature 64.4--+82.4 104 of=122 of=DifferentialOF (18--+28°C)40.0°c::::}50.0°c::::}Temperature Effect Not Applicable (40.0 28.0)OC 12.0°C=(50.0 28.0)OC 22.0°c Total Measurement Error (MTE)MTE+/-[(RA/2+TE/2)2+RES 2]'"[10]Maximum Zone Temp.MTE at RDG=10 V MTE at RDG=20 V 64.4--+82.4 of+/-0.000559 V+/-0.000856 V 104 of+/-0.001095 V+/-0.001753 V 122 of+/-0.001543 V+/-0.002502 V REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 40 of 191 FLUKE 8840A FAST READING RATE RANGE: 20 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Ref.Accuracyt (RA)+/-(0.006%(RDG)

+3(digits)) [20]Resolution (RES)=0.001 V Temp.Effect*(TE)=+/-((0.0006%(RDG) +0.3(digits))/oC)(l:IT)[20]t 1 Year Accuracy Specification

From 0°c to 18°C and 28°c to 50°C Temperature 64.4->82.4 104 of=122 of=Differential (l:IT)OF (18->28°C)40.0°c:::}50.0°c:::}Temperature Effect Not Applicable l:IT (40.0 28.0)OC 12.0°c l:IT=(50.0 28.0)OC 22.0°c Total Measurement Error (MTE)MTE+/-[(RA/2+TE/2)2+RES 2]"[10]Maximum Zone Temp.MTE at RDG=10 V MTE at RDG=20 V 64.4->82.4 of+/-0.002059 V+/-0.002326 V 104 of+/-0.004084 V+/-0.004727 V 122 of+/-0.005846 V+/-0.006794 V REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 41 of 191 9.2 Pressure Measurement Error Evaluation References 3.5.s and 3.5.t specify the use of a"Pneumatic Calibrator, 0-850 11 W.C.(Accuracy:

+/-2.0 11 W.C., minimum)." Discussions with site personnel (Reference 3.16)revealed that the instrument used at LaSalle is from Wallace&Tiernan and has a minor scale division of 111 W.C.Of the two possible instruments listed in Reference 3.4 only Model 65-120 meets the accuracy requirement of the procedure at the environmental conditions where it will be used, and then only if the procedural accuracy is considered to be a one sigma value.Also, Reference 3.4 does not indicate that this instrument is used at LaSalle, only at Quad Cities.WALLACE&TIERNAN MODEL 65-120-100"WC to 850"WC Manufacturer's Specifications Reference Accuracy (RA)+/-(2)(O.l%(RNG)) Minor Division (MD)1.0 IIWC Temperature Effect*(TE)=+/-(0.1%(RNG)/10 DC)(llT)*Referred to 25°C[20][20]0.0°c 15.0°c 23.9°c===[10]=(25.0-25.0)OC=(40.0-25.0)OC=(48.9-25.0)OC llT llT llT Calibrated Accuracy-RA RoundedTo Nearest Minor Division RA=+/-(2)(0.1%(RNG))+/-1.9 II WC Calibrated Accuracy (CA)=+/-2.0 IIWC Temperature Differential (llT)77 OF=25.0°c=?-104 of=40.0°c=?-120 of=48.9°C=?-Total Measurement Error (MTE)MTE=+/-[(CA/2+TE/2)2+(MD/4)2]V2 Maximum Zone Temperature 77 of 104 of 120 of MTE+/-1.030776 IIWC+/-1.730652 IIWC+/-2.149835 IIWC I REVISION NO.I o I I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 10.0 CALIBRATION PROCEDURE DATA I I PAGE 42 of 191 The loop calibration procedures (Reference 3.5)provide the following information. Information on Nominal Trip Setpoint and Allowable Value (Tech Spec LCO)come from the Technical Specifications (Reference 3.7)or, for the RBM, the Core Operating Limits Reports (Reference 3.15).10.1 Flow Transmitter Calibration The calibrated span for all flow transmitters represents 0 to 55,000 GPM (Section 7.0).For FT-1B33-N014A/B/C/D and FT-1B33-N024C/D Test Inputs: 0 to 387.1" W.C.Input Tolerance: None Given Desired Output: 4 to 20 mVdc Output Tolerance: +/-0.080 mV For FT-1B33-N024A/B Test Inputs: 25.5 to 272.9" W.C.Input Tolerance: None Given Desired Output: 4 to 20 mVdc Output Tolerance: +/-0.080 mV For FT-2B33-N014A/B Test Inputs: 0 to 390.4" W.C.Input Tolerance: None Given Desired Output: 4 to 20 mVdc Output Tolerance: +/-0.080 mV For FT-2B33-N014C/D and FT-2B33-N024A/B Test Inputs: 0 to 410.7" W.C.Input Tolerance: None Given REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 Desired Output: Output Tolerance: For FT-2B33-N024C/D Test Inputs: Input Tolerance: Desired Output: Output Tolerance: I 4 to 20 mVdc+/-0.080 mV o to 448.7" W.C.None Given 4 to 20 mVdc+/-0.080 mV I PAGE 43 of 191 10.2 Square Root Converter Calibration Test Inputs: Input Tolerance: Desired Output: Output Tolerance: 10.3 Flow Summer Calibration Analog Circuitry 4 to 20 mVdc+/-0.050 mV o to 10 Vdc+/-0.025 V Test Inputs: 7.660 Vdc 1.000 Vdc Input Tolerance: +/-0.010 V Desired Output: 8.000 Vdc 1.044 Vdc Output Tolerance: +/-0.010 V Correlation to Computer+0.0,-0.05 Vdc Calculated Flow Upscale Trip Instrument Setpoint: Allowable Range: Nominal Trip Setpoint: 8.630 Vdc (increasing) 8.530 to 8.730 Vdc (+/-0.10 Vdc)* Flow (8.640 Vdc)REVISION NO.I o I 1II COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP*12-02 Revision.! &4dt5 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 44 of 191 Tech Spec LCO: Analytic Limit: Comparator Trip Test Input: Input Tolerance: Instrument Setpoint: Allowable Range: Instrument Setpoint: Allowable Range: Nominal Trip Setpoint: Tech Spec LCO: Analytic Limit:$111%Flow (8.88 Vdc)$116%Flow (Reference 3.27)8.000 Vdc (100%Flow)+/-0.010 V 8.790 Vdc (increasing) 8.710 to 8.870 Vdc (+/-0.080 Vdc)*7.210 Vdc (decreasing) 7.130 to 7.290 Vdc (+/-0.080 Vdc)*$10%Flow Deviation (+/-0.8 Vdc)$11%Flow Deviation (+/-0.88 Vdc)$19%Flow (Reference 3.27)*Note: The setting tolerance for theupscale (+/-0.1 Vdc)and comparator trip (+/-0.08 Vdc)are proposed values that will be analyzed by this calculation. The calibration procedure may incorporate tolerances less than or equal to the proposed values.10.4 APRM Calibration -Note: The following reflects current information that will change as a result of this calculation and the implementation of power uprate (Reference 3.33).AGAF Adjustment AGAF Setpoint: Allowable Range: 1.00 0.98 to 1.02 (+/-0.02)Neutron Flux High (Rod Block)-Setdown Instrument Setpoint: Allowable Range: Nominal Trip Setpoint: Tech Spec LCO: Analytic Limit: 0.920 Vdc (11.5%)0.880 to 0.960 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc)$12%$14%(1.120 Vdc)$19%(Reference 3.27)Neutron Flux High (Scram)-Setdown Instrument Setpoint: Allowable Range: 1.160 Vdc (14.5%)1.120 to 1.200 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc)REVISION NO.I o I 2 I I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 Nominal Trip Setpoint: Tech Spec LCO: I s15%s20%(1.600 Vdc)I PAGE 45 of 191 Analytic Limit: 25%(Reference 3.27)Neutron Flux High (Scram)Instrument Setpoint: Allowable Range: Nominal Trip Setpoint: Tech Spec LCO: Analytic Limit: 9.400 Vdc (117.5%)9.360 to 9.440 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc)sl18%s120%(9.600 Vdc)124.2%(Reference 3.27)Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power-Upscale (Scram)Two Recirculation Loop Operation Instrument Setpoint: (80%Flow)Allowable Range: Nominal Trip Setpoint: Tech Spec LCO: Analytic Limit: 8.390 Vdc (104.9%)8.350 to 8.430 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc)sO.58W+59%sO.58W+62%To be calculated in Section 13.Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power-Upscale (Scram)Single Recirculation Loop Operation Instrument Setpoint: (80%Flow)Allowable Range: Nominal Trip Setpoint: Tech Spec LCO: Analytic Limit: 8.010 Vdc (100.1%)7.970 to 8.050 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc)sO.58W+54.3%sO.58W+57.3%To be calculated in Section 13.Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power-Upscale Clamp (Scram)Two Recirculation Loop Operation Instrument Setpoint: 9.040 vdc (113%)REVISION NO.I o I I I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 46 of 191 Allowable Range: Nominal Trip Setpoint: Tech Spec LCO: Analytic Limit: 9.000 to 9.080 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc)sl13.5%sl15.5%(9.240 Vdc)To be calculated in Section 13.Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power-Upscale Clamp (Scram)Single Recirculation Loop Operation Instrument Setpoint: Allowable Range: Nominal Trip Setpoint: Tech Spec LCO: Analytic Limit: 9.040 Vdc (113%)9.000 to 9.080 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc)sl13.5%sl15.5%(9.240 Vdc)To be calculated in Section 13.Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power-Upscale (Rod Block)Two Recirculation Loop Operation Instrument Setpoint: (80%Flow)Allowable Range: Nominal Trip Setpoint: Tech Spec LCO: Analytic Limit: 7.430 Vdc (92.9%)7.390 to 7.470 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc)sO.58W+47%sO.58W+50%To be calculated in Section 13.Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power-Upscale (Rod Block)Single Recirculation Loop Operation Instrument Setpoint: (80%Flow)Allowable Range: Nominal Trip Setpoint: Tech Spec LCO: Analytic Limit: 7.050 Vdc (88.1%)7.010 to 7.090 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc)sO.58W+42.3%sO.58W+45.3%To be calculated in Section 13.Neutron Flux Downscale (Rod Block)REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 Instrument Setpoint: I 0.440 Vdc (5.5%)I PAGE 47 of 191 Allowable Range: Nominal Trip Setpoint: Tech Spec LCO: Analytic Limit: 10.5 RBM Calibration 0.400 to 0.480 vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc)(0.240 Vdc)0%(Reference 3.27)RBM Upscale (Two Recirculation Loop Operation) Instrument Setpoint: (100%Flow)Allowable Range: Nominal Trip Setpoint: (Reference 3.15)Tech Spec LCO: (Reference 3.15)Analytic Limit: 8.84 Vdc (110.5%)8.80 to 8.88 Vdc (+0.040 Vdc) +45%(111%) +48%(114%)To be calculated in Section 13.RBM Upscale (Single Recirculation Loop Operation) Instrument Setpoint: (100%Flow)Allowable Range: Nominal Trip Setpoint: (Reference 3.15)Tech Spec LCO: (Reference 3.15)Analytic Limit: RBM Downscale Instrument Setpoint: Allowable Range: Nominal Trip Setpoint: Tech Spec LCO: Analytic Limit: 8.09 Vdc (101.7%)8.05 to 8.13 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc) +39.7%(105.7%) +42.7%(108.7%)To be calculated in Section 13.0.404 Vdc 0.400 to 0.408 Vdc (+/-0.004 Vdc)(0.400)(0.240)0%(Reference 3.27)REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 11.0 MODULE ERRORS 11.1 Module 1 (Flow Transmitter) Classification of Module I I PAGE 48 of 191 Since Module 1 is a flow transmitter I its input and output are both analog signals.Therefore I Module 1 is classified as an analog module.11.1.1 Module 1 Random Error (a1)This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 1.11.1.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA1)Per Section 8.1.1 the reference accuracy for the flow transmitters is RA1=0.25%CS (calibrated span)Per Assumption 5.1 1 this is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.RA1 (la)RA1 (la)RA1(la)11.1.1.2 Drift (RD1)+/-RA1/2%CS+/-0.25/2%CS+/-0.125%CS Per Reference 3.8 drift is considered a random variable for this calculation. Section 8.1.1 gives a value of+/-0.2%UR (upper range)per 30 months for vendor drift (RD FT).In order to keep all error terms as a function of calibrated span l UR can be converted to CS by multiplying UR by CS/CS resulting in UR equaling (UR/CS)*CS. Using this gives RD1+/-RD FT%*(UR/CS)*CS RD1+/-0.2*(750/247.4)% CS RD1+/-0.606306% CS Per Assumption 5.1/this is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 RD1 (1<7)RD1(lu)I+/-RD1/2%CS+/-0.606306/2 %CS I PAGE 49 of 191 RD1(lU)=+/-0.303153% CS Table 4.3.6-1 of Reference 3.7 indicates a surveillance interval of 13 weeks (Quarterly) for this instrument loop.However, as stated in Section 2.1.b the drift error term will not be reduced even though the surveillance interval is shorter than the period for which the vendor drift value applies.11.1.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CALl)The uncertainties associated with calibrating the flow transmitters are composed of the uncertainties in setting the input signal and the uncertainties in reading the output signal.References 3.5.s and 3.5.t do not give a particular instrument to be used for setting the input during calibration. Rather, they simply indicate a"Pneumatic Calibrator, 0-850" W.C.(accuracy: +/-2.0" W.C., minimum)" is required.Per Assumption 5.11 LaSalle is assumed to be using a Wallace and Tiernan Model 65-120 instrument for this input monitoring function.For the maximum temperature applicable to this location the accuracy given by Reference 3.4 for this instrument is 2.149835" W.C.This is the value that will be used in this calculation. The reading error term (REMTE1 FT)is included in total MTE error term given in Reference 3.4.Therefore, a value of 0 will be used for REMTE1 FT for this calculation. The instrument specified by the procedures for measurement of the flow transmitter output is a Fluke 8600A DMM.For the voltage range of interest for this calculation the reference accuracy, from Reference 3.4, is 0.034961 mVdc.(RAMTE2 FT).Since this is a digital instrument, there is no reading error associated with its use (REMTE2 FT=0).The voltage at the flow transmitter output is measured across a precision one ohm resistor which Reference 3.16 indicates is accurate to 0.005%.This means that the maximum voltage error induced by the resistor is 0.00005x20 mV or 0.001 mV.Since vendor accuracies are considered two sigma values, it must be divided by 2 to be compared with the DMM accuracy value (RAMTE2 n).The one sigma error is then 0.0005 mVdc.This is a factor of more than 30 less than the DMM error term so it can be ignored in the calculation. REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEp*12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 From Reference 3.3, I I PAGE 50 of 191 MTE1=[(RAMTE1/n) 2+REMTE1 2]0.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term.Reference 3.4 gives a value of 1 for n for both the input and output test instruments. For this calculation MTE1 PT=+/-[(RAMTE1 PT/n)2+REMTE1 PT 2]0.5"WC+/-[(2.149835/1)2 +0 2]0.5"WC+/-2.149835"WC In order to make this term compatible with the other error terms it must be converted to%CS by dividing by the span and multiplying by 100.MTE1 PT (CS)MTE1 PT (CSl MTE1 pT (CSl+/-(2.149835/247.4)*100 %CS+/-0.868971% CS The output error MTE2 pT is determined in the same way as was the input error.+/-[(RAMTE2 PT/n)2+REMTE2 PT 2]0.5 mVdc+/-[(0.034961/1) 2+0 2]0.5 mVdc+/-0.034961 mVdc This also must be converted to%CS by dividing by the output span (CSPT(OUT)) and multiplying by 100.MTE2 PT (CS)=+/-(MTE2 PT/CS PT (OUT1)*100%CS MTE2 PT (CS)+/-(0.034961/16)

100%CS

=+/-0.218506% CS From Section 5.2 the error attributed to the calibration standards is considered negligible. Therefore, the only terms which contribute to CALl are MTE1 and MTE2.For this calculation REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 51 of 191+/-[(MTE1 PT (cs))2+(MTE2 PT (CS>>)2]0.5%CS+/-0.S96022% CS 11.1.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST1)The setting tolerance for the flow transmitters is the combination of the input and output setting tolerances. From References 3.5.s and 3.5.t the setting tolerance for the flow transmitters' output (STpT(OUT>>) is o.OS mVdc.No setting tolerance is given in the procedures for the input instrument. Therefore, the input setting tolerance (STpT(IN>>) used for this calculation will be one half of one minor division which, from References 3.4 and 3.16, would be 0.5" WC.Both of these setting tolerance terms will now be converted to%CS by dividing by the appropriate span and multiplying by 100.STpT(IN)(CS)STFT(IN)(CS)+/-(0.5/247.4)*100 %CS STpT(IN)(CS)=+/-0.202102% CS ST PT (OUT)(CS)+/-(STpT(OUT) /CSPT(OUT))*100%CS STpT(OUT)(CS)+/-(0.OS/16)*100 %CS ST PT (OUT)(CS)=+/-0.5%CS The total setting tolerance for the flow transmitters is the combination of these two terms by SRSS.Also, from Section 2.1.a these are considered 3 sigma values and must, therefore, be divided by 3 to make them compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms.The total setting tolerance ST1 (1")is then ST1(1")ST1(1")ST1(1")+/-[(STpT(IN)(cs)/3)2+(STpT(OUT)(cs)/3)2]0.5%CS+/-0.179767% CS REVISION NO.I o I I I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 52 of 191 11.1.1.5 Static Pressure Span Effect (Correction Uncertainty)(SPSE FT)References 3.5.s and 3.5.t state that a 1%of span correction has been included in the calibration to compensate for the static pressure span effect.However, Reference 3.14 states that there is a plus/minus correction uncertainty associated with this compensation. Therefore, this uncertainty will be included as a random error term in this calculation. Although the vendor gives this error term as a percent of reading, it will be considered as percent calibrated span which simplifies the calculation and is conservative. SPSE n=+/-0.25%CS/1000 psi Since the normal operating pressure is very near 1000 psi (1025 psi from Section 7.0)this value will be used as is.This must now be divided by 2 since the manufacturer's data is considereda2 sigma value.+/-0.25/2%CS+/-0.125%CS 11.1.1.6 Static Pressure Zero Effect (SPZE n)For this device the vendor lists a Static Pressure Zero Effect of+/-0.25%UR/2000 psi.This must be multiplied by the actual static pressure (STAPR FT)to find the effect for this application. At this time it will also be converted to%CS using the discussion from Section 11.1.2.2 below in order to make it compatible with the other error terms.In addition the result must be divided by 2 in order to make ita1 sigma value.The result is: SPZEFT(la) SPZEFT(la) +/-(SPZE FT/2)(STAPR FT/2000)(URn/CS FT)%CS+/-(0.25/2)(1025/2000) (750/247.4)%CS SPZEFT(la) =+/-O.194207%CS 11.1.1.7 Input Uncertainty (ainput1)Since module 1 is the first module, there is no input from a previous module.However, per Reference 3.17, there is a 5%error associated with the elbow type flow element.If this REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 53 of 191 is considered a two sigma value, the one sigma value would be 5/2 or 2.5%.This term will be considered the input error.Therefore, ainput1=+/-2.5%CS Per Section 4.9 this is considered 0 for the Comparator Trip error analysis.ainput1 e=0 11.1.1.8 Determination of Module Random Error (a1)Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, a1=+/-[(RA1 (10-))2+(RD1 (10-))2+(CAL1 PT)2+(ST1 (la))2+(SPSE pT (10-))2+(SPZE pT (10-))2+(ainput1)2]0.5 %CS a1+/-[(0.125)2 +(0.303153)2 +(0.896022)2 +(0.179767)2 +(0.125)2+(0.194207)2 +2.5 2]°.5%CS a1=+/-2.691847% CS For the Comparator Trip: ale=+/-[(RA1 (10-))2+(RD1 (10-))2+(CAL1 FT)2+(ST1 (10-))2+(SPSE pT (lO-))2+(SPZE pT (lo-))2+(ainput1 e)2]0.5%CS ale+/-[(0.125)2 +(0.303153)2 +(0.896022)2 +(0.179767)2 +(0.125)2+(0.194207)2+0 2]°.5%CS ale+/-0.998018% CS REVISION NO.I o I I I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 54 of 191 11.1.2 Module 1 Non-Random Errors 11.1.2.1 Humidity Errors (e1H)Since Reference 3.14 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e1H=0%CS 11.1.2.2 Temperature Error (e1T)From Section 8.1.1 the temperature effect (VTE pT)error of the flow transmitters is a function of both the calibrated span (CS)and the upper range (UR)per 100°F temperature change.From Section 4.2 the maximum temperature at the transmitter during normal operation is expected to be 118°F (MAXTEMP PT)'From Section 4.6 the minimum calibration temperature for the flow transmitters is considered to be 60°F (CALTEMP PT)'Using the vendor's equation VTE pT is then VTE pT=+/-(O.5%UR+0.5%CS)per 100°F In order to keep all error terms as a function of calibrated span, UR can be converted to CS by multiplying UR by CS/CS resulting in UR equaling (UR/CS)*CS. Using this in the above equation gives VTE pT=+/-[0.5%(URFT/CS PT)+0.5]*[(MAXTEMP PTCALTEMP PT)/100]%CS PT For this calculation VTE pT equals e1T.Therefore, e1T+/-[0.5%(UR PT/CS PT)+0.5]*[(MAXTEMP pTCALTEMP PT)/100]%CS PT e1T+/-[0.5(750/247.4) +0.5]*[(118-60)/100]% CS e1T=+/-1.169143% CS 11.1.2.3 Radiation Error (e1R)Section 8.1.1 gives a radiation effect that is applicable to and following accident conditions. Since this calculation does not apply to accident conditions, and since the transmitters are being calibrated at an interval during which the TID is insignificant (maintenance personnel calibrate the transmitters in place)the radiation error for this calculation is insignificant and does not provide any REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 55 of 191 radiation induced error specifications. Therefore, per Assumption

5.2 these

errors are assumed to be included within the vendor's accuracy terms.e1R=0%CS 11.1.2.4 Seismic Error (e1S)Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e1S=0%CS 11.1.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e1SP)From References 3.5.s and 3.5.t, these instruments have been compensated for static pressure effect during calibration. Therefore, static pressure effects are considered to be negligible. e1SP=0%CS 11.1.2.6 Pressure Error (e1P)From Section 8.1.2, these instruments are exposed to an environment whose pressure varies only slightly from ambient conditions (1 atmosphere). Therefore, pressure effects are considered to be negligible. e1P=0%CS 11.1.2.7 Process Errors (e1p)References 3.5.f and 3.5.0 provide instructions on calibrating the total flow as measured by this instrumentation to the total flow as is calculated by the process computer.Therefore, any process error is compensated for by this calibration. e1p=0%CS 11.1.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e1V)From Section 8.1.1, the power supply effect (PSE FT)given by the vendor is 0.005%CS per volt.References 3.5.s and 3.5.t allow a range of 0.5 Vdc for the transmitter power supply, and Reference 3.19 gives this same value (O.02x24 Vdc)as a possible drift amount.This range will be considered the amount by which the power supply can vary.REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 Therefore, e1V+/-0.005*0.5 %CS e1V+/-0.0025%CS I I PAGE 56 of 191 11.1.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput1)Since this is the first module, the only input is from the flow element.Non-Random error from this device is considered to be zero.einput1=0%CS 11.1.2.10 Non-Random Error (Ze1)From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.Ze1=+/-(e1H+e1T+e1R+e1S+e1SP+e1P+e1p+e1V+einput1)%CS Ze1+/-(O+1.169143+0+0+0+0+0+0.0025+0)%CS Ze1=+/-1.171643% CS REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 57 of 191 11.2 Module 2 (Square Root Converter) Classification of Module Since Module 2 is a square root converter, its input and output are both analog signals.Therefore, Module 2 is classified as an analog module.11.2.1 Module 2 Random Error (a2)This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 2.11.2.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA2)Per Section 8.2.1 the reference accuracy for the square root converter is included in an overall RFM accuracy which will be applied at the output of the Flow Summer (Module 3).Therefore, the reference accuracy (RA2)for this module will be considered RA2=0%CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.RA2(ler)RA2(ler)RA2(ler)11.2.1.2 Drift (RD2)+/-RA2/2%CS+/-0/2%CS+/-O%CS Per Section 8.2.1 the reference drift for the square root converter is included in an overall RFM accuracy which will be applied at the output of the Flow Summer (Module 3).Therefore, the reference drift (RD2)for this module will be considered RD2=0%CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.RD2 (ler)RD2/2%CS RD2 (ler)=0/2%CS REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 RD2 (1<r)=+/-O%CS I I PAGE 58 of 191 11.2.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL2)The uncertainties associated with calibrating the square root converters are composed of the uncertainties in setting the input signal and the uncertainties in reading the output signal.References 3.5.s and 3.5.t specify that Fluke 8600A DMMs be used for measurement of the input and output signals.In addition the input voltage is developed by running a current through a precision one ohm resistor.However, as was determined in Section 11.1.1.3 the uncertainty contributed by the precision resistor itself is much smaller than the uncertainty contributed by the DMM and, therefore, can be ignored.For the voltage range of interest for the DMM measuring the input voltage the reference accuracy, from Reference 3.4, is 0.017205 mVdc (RAMTE1 sR)'Since this is a digital instrument, there is no reading error associated with its use (REMTE1 AA=0).For the voltage range of interest for the DMM measuring the output voltage the reference accuracy, from Reference 3.4, is 0.001803 Vdc (RAMTE2 sR)'Since this is a digital instrument, there is no reading error associated with its use (REMTE2 AA=0).From Reference 3.3, MTE 1=[(RAMTE1/n)2+REMTE 1 2]0.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term.Reference 3.4 gives a value of 1 for n for both the input and output test instruments. For this calculation MTE1 sR MTE1 sR MTE1 SR+/-[(RAMTE1 sR/n)2+REMTE1 s/]0.5 mVdc+/-[(O.017205/1)2 +0 2]°.5 mVdc+/-0.017205 mVdc Since the square root converter is not a linear module this value must be converted to an equivalent output value (MTE1 sR (oUT))by one of the equations of Section 2.1.c.Also, these equations indicate that the conversion factor is a function of the operating point.Therefore, an operating REVISION NO.I o III Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 59 of 191 point must be chosen at which the conversion will take place.For this calculation the operating point is considered to be 6 vdc (OP SR)at the output of the square root converters which is equal to approximately 75%Flow.Choosing this value is a compromise in that the error term is then conservative at flows greater than 75%butconservative at flows less than 75%.Using Equation 3 from Section 2.1.c the conversion is MTE1 SR (OUT)=(3.125*MTE1 sR)/(OP SR)vdc MTE1 SR (OUT)(3.125*0.017205) /6 Vdc MTE1 SR (OUT)+/-O.008961 Vdc In order to make this term compatible with the other error terms it must be converted to%CS by dividing by the span and multiplying by 100.MTE1 SR (CS)=+/-(MTE1 sR (oUT)/CS SR (OUT))*100%CS MTE1 SR (CS)=+/-(0.008961/10)

100%CS MTE1 SR (CS)+/-0.08961%CS The output error MTE2 sR is determined in the same way as was the input error.MTE2 SR=+/-[(RAMTE2 sR/n)2+REMTE2 sR 2]0.5 Vdc MTE2 sR+/-[(0.001803/1) 2+0 2]0.5 vdc MTE2 SR+/-O.001803 Vdc This also must be converted to%CS by dividing by the output span (CSPT(OUT))

and multiplying by 100.MTE2 SR (CS)=+/-(MTE2 sR/CS SR (OUT))*100%CS MTE2 SR (CS)MTE2 SR (CS)+/-(0.001803/10)*100 %CS+/-0.01803%CS From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only terms which contribute to CAL2 are MTE1 and MTE2.For this calculation REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 60 of 191 CAL2 SR+/-[(MTE1 SR (CS))2+(MTE2 SR (CS))2]0.5%CS+/-[0.08961 2+0.01803 2]0.5%CS+/-0.091406% CS 11.2.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST2)The setting tolerance for the square root converters is the combination of the input and output setting tolerances. From References 3.5.s and 3.5.t the setting tolerance for the square root converter's input (STSR(IN)) is 0.05 mVdc.The setting tolerance for the square root converter's output (STSR(OUT)) is given as 0.025 Vdc.The input setting tolerance must now be converted to an equivalent output value as was done in Section 11.2.1.3.The same operating point will also be used.Using Equation 3 from Section 2.1.c, the input setting tolerance converted to the output (STSR(IN)(OUT))is STSR(IN)(OUT)=(3.125*ST SR (IN))/OP SR vdc STSR(IN)(OUT)=(3.125*0.05) /6 Vdc STSR(IN)(OUT)0.026042 Vdc Both of these setting tolerance terms will now be converted to%CS by dividing by the square root converter output span and multiplying by 100.STSR(IN)(CS)STSR(IN)(CS)+/-(STSR(IN)(OUT)/CSSR(OUT))

100%CS+/-(0.026042/10)*100

%CS STSR(IN)(CS)=+/-O.26042%CS ST SR (OUT)(CS)ST SR (OUT)(CS)ST SR (OUT)(CS)+/-(STSR(OUT) /CSSR(OUT))

100%CS+/-(0.025/10)*100

%CS+/-0.25%CS The total setting tolerance for the square root converter is the combination of these two terms by SRSS.Also, from Section 2.1.a these are considered 3 sigma values and must, therefore, be divided by 3 to make them compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms.The total setting tolerance ST2 (lcr)is then REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 61 of 191 ST2 (1<1)+/-[(STSR(IN)(CS)/3)2+(STSR(OUT)(CS)/3)2]0.5%CS ST2 (1<1)=+/-O.120332%CS 11.2.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput2)In addition to its own error terms, Module 2 also operates on the error terms from Module 1.Therefore, the random error term (a1)from the flow transmitter must be transferred through the square root converter from input to output using the equations from Section 2.1.c.The resultant term will be ainput2 for this module.However, before this can be done a1 must be converted to a millivolt signal.This can be done by dividing a1 by 100 and mul tiplying by the input span CSFT(OUT)' a1 MV=+/-(a1/100)*CSFT(OUT) mVdc a1 MV+/-(2.691847/100)*16 mVdc a1 MV+/-0.430696 mVdc Transferring this through the square root converter using Equation 3 of Section 2.1.c gives ainput2 v+/-(3.125*a1 MV)/OP SR Vdc ainput2 v=+/-(3.125*0.430696)/6 Vdc ainput2 v=+/-0.224321 Vdc Next this is changed into%CS by dividing by the output span and multiplying by 100.ainput2+/-(ainput2 v/CS sR (OUT>>)*100%CS ainput2=+/-(0.224321/10)*100 %CS ainput2+/-2.24321%CS For the Comparator Trip Loop the above nine equations become: a1 MVC+/-(a1 c/100)*CSFT(OUT) mVdc a1 MVC=+/-(0.998018/100)*16 mVdc REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 a1 mc=+/-0.159683 mVdc I 1 PAGE 62 of 191 Transferring this through the square root converter using Equation 3 of Section 2.1.c gives ainput2 vc+/-(3.125*a1 mc)/OP SR Vdc ainput2 vc=+/-(3.125*0.159683)/6 Vdc ainput2 vc+/-0.083168 Vdc Next this is changed into%CS by dividing by the output span and multiplying by 100.ainput2 c ainput2 c ainput2 c+/-(ainput2 vc/CS sR (OUT>>)*100%CS+/-(O.083168/10)*100 %CS+/-0.83168%CS 11.2.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (a2)Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, a2=+/-[(RA2 (la>>)2+(RD2 (la>>)2+(CAL2 sR)2+(ST2 (la>>)2+(ainput2)2]0.5%CS a2+/-[(O)2+(0)2+(0.091406)2 +(0.120332)2 +(2.24321)2]0.5%CS a2+/-2.248294% CS For the Comparator Trip this becomes: a2 c+/-[(RA2 (la))2+(RD2 (la))2+(CAL2 SR)2+(ST2 (la))2+(ainput2 c)2]0.5%CS a2 c+/-[(O)2+(0)2+(0.091406)2 +(0.120332)2 +(0.83168)2]0.5%CS a2 c=+/-0.845297% CS REVISION NO.I o I 1 1 Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I 1 PAGE 63 of 191 11.2.2 Module 2 Non-Random Errors (6e2)As is indicated in Section 8.2 the specifications for the square root converters are included in an overall recirculation flow monitor specification which will be applied at the output of the flow summer, Module 3.Therefore, all the non-random error terms will be considered to be 0 except for einput2 which is the non-random error from Module 1 (6el).11.2.2.1 Humidity Errors (e2H)Per Section 11.2.2 this error is considered to be zero.e2H=0%CS 11.2.2.2 Temperature Error (e2T)Per Section 11.2.2 this error is considered to be zero.e2T=0%CS 11.2.2.3 Radiation Error (e2R)Per Section 11.2.2 this error is considered to be zero.e2R=0%CS 11.2.2.4 Seismic Error (e2S)Per Section 11.2.2 this error is considered to be zero.e2S=0%CS 11.2.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e2SP)Per Section 11.2.2 this error is considered to be zero.e2SP=0%CS 11.2.2.6 Pressure Error (e2P)Per Section 11.2.2 this error is considered to be zero.e2P=0%CS 11.2.2.7 Process Errors (e2p)Per Section 11.2.2 this error is considered to be zero.REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 e2p=0%CS 11.2.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e2V)I I PAGE 64 of 191 Per Section 11.2.2 this error is considered to be zero.e2V=0%CS 11.2.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput2)In addition to its own error terms, Module 2 also operates on the error terms from Module 1.Therefore, the non-random error term from the flow transmitter must be transferred through the square root converter from input to output using the equations from Section 2.1.c.The resultant term will be einput2 for this module.However, before this can be done must be converted to a millivolt signal.This can be done by dividing by 100 and multiplying by the input span CS FTWUT)' =+/-

CSFT(OUT) mVdc

+/-(1.171643/100)*16 mVdc +/-0.187463 mVdc Transferring this through the square root converter using Equation 3 of Section 2.1.c gives einput2 v+/-(3.125*0.187463)/6 Vdc einput2 v=+/-0.097637 Vdc Next this is changed into%CS by dividing by the output span and multiplying by 100.einput2 einput2 einput2+/-(einput2 v/CS sR (OUT))*100%CS+/-(0.097637/10)*100 %CS+/-0.97637%CS 11.2.2.10 Non-Random Error From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 65 of 191 6e2+/-(e2H+e2T+e2R+e2S+e2SP+e2P+e2p+e2V+einput2)%CS 6e2+/-(O+0+0+0+0+0+0+0+0.97637)%CS 6e2=+/-0.97637%CS REVISION NO.I o I r I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 11.3 Module 3 (Flow Summer)Classification of Module I I PAGE 66 of 191 Module 3 is an analog summer.As such its input and output are both analog signals.Therefore, Module 3 is classified as an analog module.11.3.1 Module 3 Random Error (a3)This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 3.11.3.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA3)Per Section 8.3.1 the reference accuracy applied to this module is the overall RFM accuracy which will be applied at the output of this module, the Flow Summer.Per Reference 3.18 the reference accuracy for this unit is+/-2%.Since the vendor does not state percent of what, this value will be considered percent of calibrated span.This is conservative and makes it compatible with the other error terms.RA3=2%CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.RA3(ler)+/-RA3/2%CS RA3(ler)=+/-2/2%CS RA3 (ler)+/-1%CS 11.3.1.2 Drift (RD3)Per Section 8.3.1 the reference drift applied to this module is the overall RFM drift which will be applied at the output of this module.Per Reference 3.18 the reference drift for this unit is+/-1.25%per 700 Hrs.Since the vendor does not state percent of what, this value will be considered percent of calibrated span.This is conservative and makes it compatible with the other error terms.Reference 3.7, Table 4.3.1.1-1, Note (e)indicates that the RFM is adjusted weekly to a calibrated flow signal.Therefore, this drift term does not need to be extended to a longer period.REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 RD3=1.25%CS I I PAGE 67 of 191 Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.RD3 (la)RD3/2%CS RD3 (la)1.25/2%CS RD3 (la)=+/-O.625%CS 11.3.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL3)The uncertainties associated with calibrating the flow summer are composed of the uncertainties in setting the input signal and the uncertainties in reading the output signal.References 3.5.s and 3.5.t specify that Fluke 8600A DMMs be used for measurement of the input and output signals.Both input and output signals of the flow summer are 0 to 10 Vdc signals.Therefore, the MTE error terms will be the same for both of them.For the voltage range of interest for the DMMs measuring the input and output voltages the reference accuracy, from Reference 3.4, is 0.001803 Vdc Since this is a digital instrument, there is no reading error associated with its use and REMTE2=0).From Reference 3.3, MTE 1=[(RAMTE 1/n)2+REMTE 1 2]o.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term.Reference 3.4 gives a value of 1 for n for both the input and output test instruments. For this calculation+/-[ 2+ 0.5 Vdc+/-0.001803 Vdc In order to make this term compatible with the other error terms it must be converted to%CS by dividing by the span (CSSR(OUT) will be used since the input span of the summer is the same as the output span of the square root converter) REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 and multiplying by 100.I I PAGE 68 of 191 MTE1 SUM (CS)MTE1 SUM (CS)+/-(MTE1 sUM/CS sR (OUT>>)*100%CS+/-(0.001803/10)*100 %CS MTE1 SUM (CS)=+/-O.01803%CS Since the input and output use the same instrument and have the same range the output MTE term (MTE2 sUM (cs))is equal to the input term or MTE2 SUM (CS)=MTE1 sUM (cs)From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only terms which contribute to CAL3 are MTE1 and MTE2.For this calculation+/-[(MTE1 sUM (cs>>)2+(MTE2 SUM (CS>>)2]0.5%CS+/-[0.01803 2+0.01803 2]0.5%CS+/-0.025498% CS 11.3.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST3)The setting tolerance for the flow summer is the combination of the input and output setting tolerances. From References 3.5.s and 3.5.t the setting tolerance for the flow summer's input (STSUM(IN>>) is 0.01 Vdc.The setting tolerance for the flow summer's output (STSUM(OUT>>) is given as 0.01 Vdc.Since both input and output have the same span, both of these setting tolerance terms will now be converted to%CS by dividing by the flow summer output span (CSSUM(OUT>>) and multiplying by 100.STSUM(IN)(CS)+/-(STSUM(IN) /CSSUM(OUT>>)

100%CS STSUM(IN)(CS)+/-(0.01/10)*100

%CS STSUM(INl (CSl+/-0.1%CS ST SUM (OUT)(CS)+/-(STSUM(OUT) /CSSUM(OUT>>)

100%CS ST SUMWUT)(CS)=+/-(0.01/10)*100

%CS REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 STSUM(OUT)(CS)=+/-O.1%CS I I PAGE 69 of 191 The total setting tolerance for the flow summer is the combination of these two terms by SRSS.Also, from Section 2.1.a these are considered 3 sigma values and must, therefore, be divided by 3 to make them compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms.The total setting tolerance ST3 (1cr)is then ST3(lcr)=+/-[(ST SUM (IN)(Cs)/3)2 +(ST sUM (oUT)(cs)/3)2]o.s %cs ST3(lcr)=+/-0.04714%CS 11.3.1.5 Input Uncertainty (oinput3)In addition to its own error terms, Module 3 also operates on the error terms from Module 2.Therefore, the random error terms 02 and 02 c from the square root converter must be transferred through the flow summer from input to output factoring in the gain of the summing circuit.The resultant terms will be oinput3 and oinput3 c for this module.From References 3.5.s and 3.5.t the gain of the summer (G SUM)is equal to 1.044386.Since the flow summer is adding the outputs of two square root converters, and since the output spans of the square root converters and the flow summer are the same, the effective gain from each input of the flow summer to its output is G sUM/2.Therefore, the transfer of each input error through the summer is 02 3=+/-02*(G sUM/2)%CS 02 3=+/-2.248294*(1.044386/2) %CS 02 3+/-1.174043% CS For the Comparator Trip this is: 02 3C=+/-02 c*(G sUM/2)%CS 02 3C=+/-0.845297*(1.044386/2) %CS a2 3C+/-0.441408% CS For both inputs the resulting errors (ainput3 and ainput3 c)at the output of the summer would be REVISION NO.I o III Exhibit E NEP*12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 CTinput3 I I PAGE 70 of 191 CTinput3 CTinput3+/-1.660348% CS For the Comparator Trip: CTinput3 c CTinput3 c CTinput3 c+/-0.624245% CS 11.3.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (CT3 and CT3 c)Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, and converting to%Flow by multiplying by 125/100: CT3=+/-(125/100)*[(RA3(1<T))2 +(RD3(1<T))2 +(CAL3 SUM)2+(ST3(1<T))2 +(CTinput3)2]o.5 %Flow CT3=+/-(125/100)*[(1)2 +(0.625)2+(0.025498)2 +(0.04714)2 +(1.660348)2]0.5 %Flow CT3+/-2.546521% Flow For the Comparator Trip: CT3 c+/-(125/100)*[(RA3(1<T))2 +(RD3(1<T))2 +(CAL3 SUM)2+(ST3 (1<T))2+(CTinput3 c)2]0.5%Flow CT3 c+/-(125/100)*[(1)2 +(0.625)2+(0.025498)2 +(0.04714)2+(0.624245)2]0.5%Flow CT3 c=+/-1.669197% Flow Per Reference 3.3 the Allowable Value calculation uses all error terms except those pertaining to the process.Therefore, since CT3 c is the same as CT3 except for the removal of the process terms, CT3 c will also be used for the Allowable Value calculation. REVISION NO.I o I I I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 71 of 191 11.3.2 Module 3 Non-Random Errors Per Section 8.3.1 the errors applied to this module are the overall RFM error terms.11.3.2.1 Humidity Errors (e3H)Since Reference 3.18 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e3H=0%CS 11.3.2.2 Temperature Error (e3T)Since Reference 3.18 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e3T=0%CS 11.3.2.3 Radiation Error (e3R)Since Reference 3.18 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e3R=0%CS 11.3.2.4 Seismic Error (e3S)Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e3S=0%CS 11.3.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e3SP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect.e3SP=0%CS 11.3.2.6 Pressure Error (e3P)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect.e3P=0%CS REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 11.3.2.7 Process Errors (e3p)I I PAGE 72 of 191 This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors.e3p=0%CS 11.3.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e3V)Since Reference 3.18 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e3V=0%CS 11.3.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput3)In addition to its own error terms, Module 3 also operates on the error terms from Module 2.Therefore, the non-random error term from the square root converter must be transferred through the flow summer from input to output factoring in the gain of the summing circuit.The resultant term will be einput3 for this module.Using the discussion from Section 11.3.1.5 the input of a single square root converter is transferred through the flow summer as follows: %CS+/-0.97637*(1.044386/2) %CS=+/-0.509854% CS Since this is a non-random error the sum for both inputs at the output of the summer (einput3)would be the algebraic sum of the inputs.einput3 einput3 einput3+/-(0.509854 +0.509854)%CS+/-1.019708% CS REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 11.3.2.10 Non-Random Error I I PAGE 73 of 191 From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.In addition, this term can be converted to%Flow by multiplying by 125/100.The result is;+/-(125/100)*(e3H +e3T+e3R+e3S+e3SP+e3P+e3p+e3V+einput3)%Flow+/-(125/100)*(O +0+0+0+0+0+0+0+1.019708)% Flow=+/-1.274635% Flow REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 74 of 191 11.3.3 Module 3A and 3B (RFM Trip Circuits)Classification of Module Module 3A receives an analog input from the Flow Summer (Module 3)and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the input signal and the reference value.Therefore, Module 3A is a bistable module.There are actually two separate trip circuits in each flow unit.The Hi Flow trip looks at the output of the Flow Summer and compares its magnitude to a fixed reference value (Module 3A above).The Comparator Trip Circuit looks at the output of the Flow Summer and compares it to the output of a Flow Summer from another RFM (Module 3B)and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the two input signals.Therefore, Module 3B is a bistable module.The Comparator Trip will have to combine the error terms from two Flow Summers.11.3.3.1 Module 3A and 3B Random Error (a3A and a3B)This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the outputs of Modules 3A and 3B.11.3.3.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA3A)Per Assumption 5.8 the reference accuracy for this module is included in the Module 3 accuracy term: RA3A=1%CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.In the same step this will be converted to%Flow by multiplying by 125/100.RA3A(lCf)=+/-(RA3A/2)*(125/100) %Flow RA3A(lCf)+/-(1/2)*(125/100) %Flow+/-0.625%Flow REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 75 of 191 11.3.3.1.2 Drift (RD3A)Per Assumption 5.8 the reference drift for this module is included in the Module 3 drift term: RD3A=1%CS/700 HRS Table 4.3.6-1 of Reference 3.7 gives the surveillance interval (RD3ATSI)for these trip functions as 13 weeks (quarterly). In addition, a 25%late factor will added to the required value.Per Reference 3.8 drift is considered a random function and can be extended to a longer period by the square root of the ratio of the time periods per Section 2.2.5 of Reference 3.13.Per Assumption 5.1, the drift value is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2, and then to%Flow by multiplying by 125/100.RD3ATSI is converted to hours by multiplying by 168.The one sigma drift is then:+/-(RD3A/2)*{125/100}*[{1.25*RD3ATSI*168} /RD3AT]0.5%Flow RD3A(l(J)=+/-{1/2)*{125/100)*[{1.25*13*168)/700]0.s %Flow RD3A(l(Jl+/-1.234276% Flow 11.3.3.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL3A)The uncertainties associated with calibrating the trip circuits are composed entirely of the uncertainties associated with the DMM used to set the input trip voltage.References 3.5.s and 3.5.t specify that A Fluke 8600A DMM be used for this measurement. From Section 9.1 the error associated with this instrument is 0.001803 Vdc (RAMTE1 3A).Since this is a digital instrument REMTE1 3A is equal to zero.From Reference 3.3, MTE1=[(RAMTE1/n) 2+REMTE1 2]0.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term.The values of the error terms from Reference 9.1 are already expressed in one sigma terms.Therefore, the value of n is 1.REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 76 of 191 11.3.3.1.4 11.3.3.1.5 MTE1 3A=+/-[(0.001803/1) 2+0 2]0.5 Vdc MTE1 3A=+/-O.001803 Vdc This can be converted to%Flow by dividing by the voltage span and mUltiplying by the full scale flow (125).MTE1 3A1P F)=+/-[

125]%Flow MTE1 3A1P F)=+/-[(0.001803/10)
125]%Flow MTE1 3A1P F)=+/-O.022538%Flow From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible.

Therefore, the only term which contributes to CAL3A is the MTE1 term.Therefore, for this section CAL3A=+/-MTE1 3A1P F)=+/-O.022538%Flow Setting Tolerance (ST3A)From Design Input 10.3, the setting tolerance to be evaluated for the upscale and comparator trip functions is+/-0.1 Vdc and+/-0.08 Vdc, respectively. This can be converted to%Flow by dividing by the voltage span and multiplying by the full scale flow (125).From Section 2.1.a the given setting tolerances are considered 3 sigma values.Therefore, ST3A must be divided by 3 to make it compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms.Combining this operation with the conversion to percent flow gives ST3A(10)=+/-[

125]/3%Flow Upscale Trip: ST3A A (lo)=+/-[(0.1/10)*125]/3

%Flow ST3A A11o)=+/-O.416667%Flow Comparator Trip: ST3A B (lO)=+/-[(0.08/10)

125]/3%Flow ST3A B (lo)=+/-O.333333%Flow Input Uncertainty (ainput3A, ainput3B)In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 3 must also be considered.

Since the trip circuits perform no function on the input signal ainput3A becomes REVISION NO.I o I 1 I I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 77 of 191 equal to the random input terms 03 for the Hi Flow trip.However, the Comparator Trip is also looking at the output of another RFM so both inputs also have a 03 c term impressed on them.Therefore, the uncertainty term oinput3B for the Comparator Trip will combine two 03 c terms by SRSS.oinput3A=+/-03=+/-2.546521% Flow And oinput3B=+/-(03 c 2+03 c 2)0.5%Flow oinput3B=+/-(1.669197 2+1.669197 2)0.5%Flow oinput3B=+/-2.360601% Flow A new term will be introduced at this time to account for errors associated only with the Allowable Value calculation. Per Reference 3.3 the Allowable Value determination involves all the error terms except those pertaining to the process.Therefore, will equal 03 c since the difference between 03 c and 03 is the absence of the flow element error. =03 c=1.669197%Flow 11.3.3.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (03A, 03B)Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, 03A=+/-[(RA3A(lQ}) 2+(RD3A(lQ)2+(CAL3A)2+(ST3A A (lQ)2+(oinput3A) 2]0.5%Flow 03A=+/-[(0.625)2 +(1.234276)2 +(0.022538)2 +(0.416667)2+(2.546521)2]0.5%Flow 03A=+/-2.92796%Flow And 03B=+/-[(RA3A(lQ) 2+(RD3A(lQ)2+(CAL3A)2+(ST3A B (lQ)2+(oinput3B)2]0.5 %Flow 03B=+/-(0.625 2+1.234276 2+0.022538 2+0.333333 2+2.360601 2)0.5%Flow 03B=+/-2.756468%Flow REVISION NO.I o I 1 I I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 78 of 191 And 03A AV=+/-[(RA3A(1CJ))2+(RD3A(1CJ)) 2+(CAL3A)2+(ST3A A (lCJ))2+(0input3A AV)2]0.5%Flow 03A AV=+/-[(0.625)2 +(1.234276)2 +(0.022538)2 +(0.416667)2 +(1.669197) 2]0.5%Flow 03A AV=+/-2.207804% Flow I REVISION NO.I 0 I 1II Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 79 of 191 11.3.3.2 Module 3A Non-Random Errors (6e3A)11.3.3.2.1 Humidity Errors (e3AH)Since Reference 3.18 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e3AH=0%Flow 11.3.3.2.2 Temperature Error (e3AT)11.3.3.2.3 Since Reference 3.18 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e3AT=0%Flow Radiation Error (e3AR)Since Reference 3.18 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e3AR=0%Flow 11.3.3.2.4 Seismic Error (e3AS)Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e3AS=0%Flow 11.3.3.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e3ASP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect.e3ASP=0%Flow 11.3.3.2.6 Pressure Error (e3AP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect.e3AP=0%Flow REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 80 of 191 11.3.3.2.7 Process Errors(e3Ap) This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors.11.3.3.2.8 e3Ap=0%Flow Power Supply Effects (e3AV)Since Reference 3.18 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e3AV=0%Flow 11.3.3.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput3A, einput3B)In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 3 must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on the input signal einput3A becomes equal to the non-random input term 6e3 for the Hi Flow trip.However, the Comparator Trip is also looking at the output of another RFM so the reference input also has a 6e3 term impressed on it.Since these are not random terms, it is expected that their magnitudes would be the same from each Module 3.However, the methodology of Reference 3.3 does not allow the cancellation of non-random terms.Therefore, the total error at the comparator will be the algebraic sum of two 6e3 terms.And einput3A=+/-6e3+/-1.274635% Flow einput3B=+/-(6e3+6e3)%Flow einput3B=+/-(1.274635 +1.274635)einput3B+/-2.54927%Flow REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 81 of 191 11.3.3.2.10 Non-Random Error From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.And==+/-(e3AH+e3AT+e3AR+e3AS+e3ASP+e3AP+e3Ap+e3AV+einput3A)% Flow+/-(O+0+0+0+0+0+0+0+1.274635)% Flow+/-1.274635% Flow+/-(e3AH+e3AT+e3AR+e3AS+e3ASP+e3AP+e3Ap+e3AV+einput3B)% Flow+/-(O+0+0+0+0+0+0+0+2.54927)%Flow+/-2.54927%Flow REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 11.4 Module 4 (APRM)I I PAGE 82 of 191 The APRM will be divided into four parts for this calculation; LPRM, APRM Averaging Circuitry, Trip Circuits (Fixed), and Trip Circuits (Flow Biased).These will be designated Module 4A, 4B, 4C, and 4D respectively. This separation is performed because the vendor lists the specifications for these items separately in References 3.9 and 3.11, and because the calibration procedures of Reference 3.5 effectively make this separation. 11.4.1 Module 4A (LPRM)Classification of Module Module 4A receives a current from an incore fission chamber and provides an analog voltage output that is proportional to the input current.Therefore, Module 4A is an analog module.11.4.1.1 Module 4A Random Error (a4A)This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 4.11.4.1.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA4A)Per Section 8.4.1 the reference accuracy for this module is 0.8%CS.However, the reference also states that this is referred to a full scale value of 125%Power.Therefore, this value will be considered to be 0.8 x 125 or 1%Power.RA4A=1%Power Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.RA4A(la)tRA4A/2%Power RA4A(la)=t1/2%Power RA4A(la)=to.5%Power 11.4.1.1.2 Drift (RD4A)Per Section 8.4.1 the reference drift for this module is 0.8%CS per 700 hours.However, the reference also states that this is referred to a full scale value of 125%Power.Therefore, this value will be considered to be 0.8 x 125 or 1%Power.REVISION NO.I o I I I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 83 of 191 RD4A=1%Power/700 HRS Table 4.3.1.1-1 of Reference 3.7 states that"The LPRMs shall be calibrated at least once per 1000 effective full power hours (EFPH)." However, Table 4.3.1.1-1 of Reference 3.7 states that the APRM Gain Adjustment Factor (GAF)shall be calibrated weekly.This effectively calibrates out the LPRM drift term each week.Since this time period plus the 25%late factor is shorter than vendor specified drift time period, the vendor drift value will be used as is (Section 2.1.b).Therefore, the value used for the Surveillance Interval (RD4ATSI)will be 700 hours, thereby making the drift extension term equal to 1.Also, per Assumption 5.1, RD4A is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This will be converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.+/-(RD4A/2)*(RD4ATSI/RD4AT) 0.5%Power+/-(1/2)*(700/700)0.s %Power+/-0.5%Power 11.4.1.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL4A)The uncertainties associated with calibrating the LPRM Card are composed of the uncertainties in setting the input signal and the uncertainties in reading the output signal.Per References 3.5.h, and 3.5.q the DMM used should have an accuracy of at least+/-0.01 Vdc.If this is considered a two sigma value per Assumption 5.1, the one sigma requirement, which makes it compatible with the DMM data from Reference 3.4, would be 0.01/2 or+/-0.005 Vdc.Since both uses of the DMM in measurements applicable to this calculation are to measure 10 Vdc, the span (RV4ACURS) is the same for both measurements. Converting this error term to%CS gives RAMTE 1 4A (DMM)RAMTE1 4A (DMM)+/-(RA4A DMM/RV4ACURS)*100 %CS+/-(0.005/10)*100 %CS RAMTE1 4A (DMM)=+/-O.05%CS This value will also be used for RAMTE2 4A (DMM)since the output span is also 10 Vdc.The first use of the DMM is to set the reference voltage for the built-in input current source.Once the reference voltage is set the accuracy of the current source is+/-1.0%REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 84 of 191 (Reference 3.9)Since the procedures use the current source to make the LPRM read full scale, this error term will be considered +/-1%CS.Since the DMM is a digital instrument the reading error terms at both the input and output (REMTEI 4A (DMM)'REMTE2 4A (DMM>>)are equal to 0%CS.The input current source is also digital since the current is set by digital decade switches.Therefore, REMTEI 4A (CURS)is also 0%CS.From Reference 3.3, MTEI=[(RAMTEl/n) 2+REMTEI 2]0.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term.The DMM has been converted to a one sigma term in the text above;therefore, n is equal to 1 for this term.The current source, however, is a vendor specified error term and is, therefore, considered to be a two sigma term.MTEI for this calculation is, therefore, MTE1 4A=+/-[(RAMTEI 4A (DMM)In)2+(RAMTEI 4A (CURs)In)2 REMTEI 4A (DMM)2+REMTEI 4A (CURs)2]0.5%CS MTE1 4A+/-[(0.05/1)2+(1/2)2+0 2+0 2]0.5%CS MTE1 4A+/-O.502494%CS The output calibration uses only the DMM and its error terms have been discussed above.Therefore, the total output MTE error term is MTE2 4A=+/-[(RAMTE2 4A (DMM))2+(REMTE2 4A (DMM>>)2]0.5%CS+/-0.05%CS From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only terms which contribute to CAL4A are the MTEI and MTE2 terms.For this calculation CAL4A CAL4A+/-[(MTEI 4A)2+(MTE2 4A)2]0.5%CS+/-[0.502494 2+0.05 2]0.5%CS REVISION NO.I o I I I Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 CAL4A=+/-0.504975% CS I I PAGE 85 of 191 11.4.1.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST4A)The setting tolerance for the LPRM is the combination of the input and output setting tolerances. However, References 3.5.h and 3.5.q give no setting tolerances for the three measurements used to calibrate the LPRM gain.From Assumption 5.4 the setting tolerance will, therefore, be assumed equal to the reference accuracy of the applicable test instrument. For this particular application then the setting tolerances are: ST4A DMM=+/-RAMTE1 4A (DMM)=+/-RAMTE2 4A (DMMl=+/-O.05%CS ST4Aam.s=+/-RAMTE1 4A (CURS)=+/-1%CS The total setting tolerance for the LPRM is the combination of two input terms (ST4A DMM and ST4Aam.s)and one output term (ST4A DMM)by SRSS.From Section 2.1.a the given setting tolerances are considered 3 sigma values.However, ST4A DMM is already the result of dividing the original procedural value by 2.Therefore, it must now be multiplied by 2/3 to make it a one sigma value for setting tolerance. ST4Aam.s is still as it was given by the vendor and, therefore, must be divided by 3 to make it compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms.The total setting tolerance ST4A(10")is then+/-{[(ST4A DMM)*(2/3)]2+(ST4Aam.s/3) 2+[(ST4A DMM)*(2/3)]2}O.S %CS+/-{[(0.05)*(2/3)P +(1/3)2+[(0.05)*(2/3)]2}O.S%CS 11.4.1.1.5 ST4A(10")=+/-0.33665%CS Input Uncertainty (ainput4A) In addition to its own error terms, Module 4A also operates on the error terms from an incore fission detector.From Section 4.5 of Reference 3.13 the primary element accuracy (PEA)for the incore fission detector is a combination of sensor sensitivity and sensor non-linearity uncertainties. The sensitivity of the detectors decreases with neutron fluence.The average sensitivity loss, and its two sigma variation, for all GE LPRM detectors has been determined to be: REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 86 of 191 Sensor Sensitivity Loss (SSL B)(100%Power)Sensor Sensitivity Loss (SSL R)(100%Power)0.33%(bias term)+/-0.20%(random term)The detector non-linearity and its two sigma variation (in the power range)have been determined to be: Sensor Non-linearity (SNL B)=0.49%(bias term)(100%Power)Sensor Non-linearity (SNL R)(0 to 120%Power)+/-1%(random term)The total sensor uncertainty can be obtained by adding the bias terms (PEA 4A (B))and combining the random terms by SRSS (PEA 4A (R))'The result is: PEA 4A (B)PEA 4A (B)PEA 4A (B)SSL B+SNL B%Power 0.33+0.49%Power 0.82%Power From Section 4.11, for the three low power trips, SNL B will be set to zero leaving only SSL B as the bias term for PEA.PEA 4A (LPB)=SSL B=0.33%Power Combining the random terms gives: PEA 4A (R)=+/-[(SSL R)2+(SNL R)2]o.5%Power PEA 4A (R)+/-[(0.2)2+(1)2]0.5%Power PEA 4A (R)+/-1.019804% Power For the low power trips the random terms of PEA are the same as for the high power trips.Therefore, PEA 4A (LPR)=PEA 4A (R)=1.019804%Power For this calculation the random uncertainty terms (PEA 4A (R)and PEA 4A (LPR))are equal to ainput4A and ainput4A LP respectively. The bias uncertainty terms (PEA 4A (B)and PEA4 4A (LPB))are equal to einput4A and einput4A LP respectively. The bias terms will be covered in Section 11.4.1.2.9. REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 ainput4A And+/-PEA 4A (R)I+/-1.019804% Power I PAGE 87 of 191 ainput4A LP=+/-PEA 4A (LPR)=+/-1.019804% Power Per Reference 3.3 the process errors are not included in the determination of Allowable Value.Therefore, =0%Power 11.4.1.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (a4A and a4A LP)Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, a4A=+/-[(RA4A(lU))2 +(RD4A(lu))2 +(CAL4A)2+(ST4A(lU))2 +(ainput4A) 2]0.5%CS However, since RA4A, RD4A, and ainput4A are in terms of percent power while the other terms are percent calibrated span, these terms will be removed from the equation and carried through to the APRM Averaging Circuitry separately. Therefore, for this section the equation for a4A is: a4A=+/-[(CAL4A)2+(ST4A(lU)) 2]0.5%CS a4A=+/-[(0.504975)2 +(0.33665)2]O.5 %CS a4A+/-O.606904%CS And a4A pp=+/-[(RA4A(lU)) 2+(RD4A(lU)) 2]0.5%Power a4A pp a4A pp+/-0.707107% Power REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 88 of 191 11.4.1.2 Module 4A Non-Random Errors (6e4A)11.4.1.2.1 Humidity Errors (e4AH)Since Reference 3.9 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e4AH=0%CS 11.4.1.2.2 Temperature Error (e4AT)11.4.1.2.3 Since Reference 3.9 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e4AT=0%CS Radiation Error (e4AR)Since Reference 3.9 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e4AR=0%CS 11.4.1.2.4 Seismic Error (e4AS)Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e4AS=0%CS 11.4.1.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e4ASP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect.e4ASP=0%CS 11.4.1.2.6 Pressure Error (e4AP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect.e4AP=0%CS REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 89 of 191 11.4.1.2.7 Process Errors(e4Ap) This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors.e4Ap=0%CS 11.4.1.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e4AV)Since Reference 3.9 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e4AV=0%CS 11.4.1.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput4A) In addition to its own error terms, Module 4A also operates on the error terms from an inc ore fission detector.This was discussed in Section 11.4.1.1.5. The value of einput4A was determined to be: And einput4A=(PEA 4A (Bl)0.82%Power einput4A LP=PEA 4A (LPBl=0.33%Power Per Reference 3.3 the process errors are not included in the determination of Allowable Value.Therefore, =0%Power 11.4.1.2.10 Non-Random Error From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.=+/-(e4AH+e4AT+e4AR+e4AS+e4ASP+e4AP+e4Ap+e4AV+einput4A)% CS However, since einput4A, einput4A LP are in terms of percent power while the other terms are percent calibrated span, these terms will be removed from the equation and carried through to the APRM Averaging Circuitry separately. Therefore, for this section the equation for is: REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 90 of 191+/-(e4AH+e4AT+e4AR+e4AS+e4ASP+e4AP+e4Ap+e4AV)%CS+/-(O+0+0+0+0+0+0+0)%CS+/-O%CS REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 91 of 191 11.4.2 Module 4B (APRM Averaging Circuitry) Classification of Module Module 4B receives analog inputs from multiple LPRM cards.These signals are averaged and then operated on by an adjustable gain factor resulting in an analog output that is some multiple of the average of the input signals.Therefore, Module 4B is an analog module.11.4.2.1 Module 4B Random Error (a4B)This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 4B.11.4.2.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA4B)Per Section 8.4.1 the reference accuracy for this module is: RA4B=0.8%CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.RA4B (la)=+/-RA4B/2%CS RA4B(la)=+/-O.8/2%CS RA4B(la)+/-0.4%CS 11.4.2.1.2 Drift (RD4B)Per Section 8.4.1 the reference drift for this module is: RD4B=0.5%CS/700 Hrs Table 4.3.1.1-1 of Reference 3.7 states that the APRM Gain Adjustment Factor (GAF)shall be calibrated weekly.Since this time period is shorter than vendor specified drift time period, the vendor drift value will be used as is.Also, per Assumption 5.1, RD4B is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This will be converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.RD4B (la)+/-(RD4B/2)%CS RD4B(la}=+/-(0.5/2)%CS RD4B(la)+/-0.25%CS REVISION NO.I aII I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 92 of 191 11.4.2.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL4B)The uncertainties associated with calibrating the APRM gain are composed entirely of the uncertainties associated with the process computer.The process computer determines the core thermal power by heat balance.This can be considered the input to the calibration. The process computer also reads the APRM output and compares the two.The result of the comparison is the APRM Gain Adjustment Factor term (AGAF).Therefore 1 for this calculation RAMTE1 4B is the accuracy with which the process computer determines core thermal power l and RAMTE2 4B is the accuracy with which the process computer reads the APRM output signal.Per Assumption 5.5 1 both of these terms are considered zero.In addition l since the output of the process computer is a digi tal printout 1 REMTE1 4B and REMTE2 4B are zero.From Reference 3.3 1 MTE1=[(RAMTE1/n) 2+REMTE1 2]0.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term.If the reference accuracy terms for the process computer are considered two sigma values l MTE1 for this calculation is: MTE1 4B+/-[(0/2)2+0 2]0.5%CS MTE1 4B=+/-O%CS Likewise 1 MTE2 4B is:+/-[(RAMTE2 4B/2)2+(REMTE2 4B)2]0.5%CS MTE2 4A=+/-[(0/2)2+0 2]0.5%CS MTE2 4A+/-O%CS From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore 1 the only terms which contribute to CAL4B are the MTE1 and MTE2 terms.For this calculation CAL4B CAL4B=+/-[02+0 2]0.5%CS REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 CAL4B=+/-O%CS I I PAGE 93 of 191 11.4.2.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST4B)The setting tolerance for the APRM gain calibration is the allowance in the AGAF setting.From References 3.5.g and 3.5.p this allowance (ST4B)is+/-0.02 from the ideal value of 1.00.Since the AGAF calibration is usually performed when the reactor is operating near 100%power this translates into an setting tolerance (ST4B%)of+/-2%Power.Since full scale output of the APRM is 125%this term can be converted to percent calibrated span by multiplying by 100/125.From Section 2.1.a the given setting tolerances are considered 3 sigma values.Therefore, ST4B%must be divided by 3 to make it compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms.Combining this operation with the conversion to percent calibrated span gives ST4B(la)ST4B(la)ST4B(la)+/-ST4B%*(100/125)/3 %CS+/-2*(100/125)/3 %CS+/-0.533333% CS 11.4.2.1.5 Process Measurement Accuracy (PMA)Section 4.5 of Reference 3.13 contains an error term called PMA which is applicable to the APRMs.PMA is a combination of APRM tracking error and the uncertainty due to neutron noise.This reference states that for the MSIV closure transient event, which is one of the more severe events, the APRM tracking error (TRAC)is 1.11%and the uncertainty due to neutron noise (NN)is typically 2.0%for fixed upscale trips.However, for trips primarily involved with slow transients (flow biased trips including STP, APRM Downscale, APRM Setdown Rod Block, and APRM Setdown Scram)the neutron noise will help the signal actuate the trip.Therefore, a value of zero will be used for neutron noise for these trips.The tracking error is the uncertainty of the maximum deviation of APRM readings with LPRM failures or bypasses during a power transient. For the low power trips the tracking accuracy is negligible. The neutron noise is the global neutron flux noise in the reactor core with a typical dominant frequency of approximately 0.3 to 0.5 Hertz and a typical maximum peak-to-peak amplitude of approximately 5 to 10 percent.Since both error terms are independent and random they can be combined by SRSS.REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 94 of 191 PMA+/-(TRAC 2+NN 2)0.5%Power PMA=+/-(1.11 2+2 2)°.5%Power PMA+/-2.287378% Power And PMA FB=1.11%Power For the low power trips: PMA LP=0%Power These are considered to bea2 sigma values and must be divided by 2 in order to make them compatible with the other error terms.PMA la+/-PMA/2%Power PMA la=+/-2.287378/2%Power PMA la+/-1.143689% Power And PMA FB (la)=+/-PMA FB/2%Power PMAFB(la)=+/-1.11/2%Power PMAFB(la)=+/-O.555%Power Per Reference 3.3 the process errors are not included in the determination of Allowable Value.Therefore, PMA AV=0%Power 11.4.2.1.6 Input Uncertainty (ainput4B) In addition to its own error terms, Module 4B also operates on the error terms from Module 4A.Therefore, the random error terms a4A, a4A pp , ainput4A, ainput4A Av'and ainput4A LP from the LPRMs must be transferred through the Averaging Circuitry. The resultant terms will be ainput4B, and ainput4B LP for this module.REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 95 of 191 Since a4A is in%CS and a4A pp , ainput4A, and ainput4A LP are in%power the terms must be treated differently when being transferred through the Averaging Circuitry. If N LPRMs are being averaged the gain associated with each LPRM through the averaging circuit is l/N.This applies to a4A, a4A pp , ainput4A, ainput4A Av'and ainput4A LP.Following the averaging function there is a gain function that is used for the AGAF adjustment. Since a4A pp , ainput4A, and ainput4A LP are in%power and the output is also in%power the gain function has no effect.However, a4A is in%CS and the gain function has the effect of changing the calibrated span.Therefore, a4A must be multiplied by Based on this discussion then a4A is propagated through the Averaging Circuitry by the factor while ainput4A is only operated on by liN.If the random error terms from N LPRMs are combined by SRSS the result is: ainput4B cs and ainput4B pp ainput4B pp+/-[N (ainput4A/N) 2+N (a4A pp/N)2]0.5%Power+/-[(ainput4A) 2+(a4A pp)2]o,s/N°'S%Power From Table 3.3.1-1 of Reference 3.7 the minimum number of LPRMs which must be in the average in order for an APRM to be considered operable is 14.Using this value in the above equations gives: ainput4B cs ainput4B cs=+/-(0.606904*2.5) /14°*5%CS And ainput4B cs+/-0.405505% CS ainput4B pp=+/-[(ainput4A) 2+(a4A pp)2]o,s/N°'S%Power ainput4B pp ainput4B pp+/-[(1.019804) 2+(0.707107) 2]114°.5%Power+/-0.331663%Power REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 96 of 191 And ainput4B pp (LP)ainput4B pp (LP)+/-[(ainput4A LP)2+(a4A pp)2]0.5/NO.5%Power+/-[(1.019804)2 +(0.707107)2]0.5/14°*5 %Power ainput4B pp (LP)=+/-O.331663%Power And ainput4B Av+/-[(ainput4A Av)2+(a4A pp)2]0.5/NO.5%Power ainput4B Av+/-0.188982% Power 11.4.2.1.7 Determination of Module Random Error (a4B)Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, a4B=+/-[(RA4B(lU>>)2 +(RD4B(lu>>)2 +(CAL4B)2+(ST4B(lu>>)2 +(PMA 1U)2+(ainput4B) 2]0.5%CS However, since ainput4B pp , ainput4B pp (LP)'PMA 1u , PMA FB (lU)'PMA LP'andare in terms of percent power while the other terms are percent calibrated span, these terms will be removed from the equation until the combination of the first four terms, plus ainput4B cs'has been performed and the result converted to percent power by multiplying by 125/100.Then this result will be combined with ainput4B pp , ainput4B pp (LP)'and PMA 1U using SRSS.Therefore, for this section the equation for a4BI is: a4BI=+/-[(RA4B(lU>>)2 +(RD4B(lu>>)2 +(CAL4B)2+(ST4B(lu>>)2 +(ainput4B cs)2]0.5%CS a4BI=+/-[(O.4)2+(0.25)2+(0)2+(0.533333)2 +(0.405505)2]0.5%CS a4BI=+/-O.819377%CS Converting this to percent power gives: a4BI pp a4BI pp+/-a4BI*(125/100) %Power+/-0.819377*(125/100) %Power a4BI w=+/-1.024221% Power REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 97 of 191 Now this can be combined with ainput4B and+ using SRSS to obtain a4B.a4B pB will be created for use with the flow biased trips,will be created for use with the Allowable Value calculation, and a4B LP will be created for use with the low power trips.a4B=+/-[(a4BI pp)2+(ainput4B pp)2+ 2]0.5%Power a4B=+/-[(1.024221)2 +(0.331663)2 +(1.143689)2]0.5 %Power a4B=+/-1.570686% Power And a4B pB=+/-[(a4Bl pp)2+(ainput4B pp)2+ %Power a4B pB+/-[(1.024221)2 +(0.331663)2 +(0.555)2]0.5 %Power=+/-1.21122%Power And a4B LP=a4B LP a4B LP And a4B AV a4B AV a4B AV+/-[(1.024221)2 +(0.331663)2 +(0)2]0.5%Power+/-1.076582% Power+/-[(a4Bl pp)2+(ainput4B Av)2+(PMA AV)2]0.5%Power+/-[(1.024221)2 +(0.188982)2 +(0)2]0.5%Power+/-1.041510% Power REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 98 of 191 11.4.2.2 Module 4B Non-Random Errors 11.4.2.2.1 Humidity Errors (e4BH)Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e4BH=0%CS 11.4.2.2.2 Temperature Error (e4BT)11.4.2.2.3 Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e4BT=0%CS Radiation Error (e4BR)Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e4BR=0%CS 11.4.2.2.4 Seismic Error (e4BS)Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e4BS=0%CS 11.4.2.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e4BSP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect.e4BSP=0%CS 11.4.2.2.6 Pressure Error (e4BP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect.e4BP=0%CS REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 99 of 191 11.4.2.2.7 Process Errors(e4Bp) This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors other than that previously discussed in Section 11.4.2.1.5. e4Bp=0%CS 11.4.2.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e4BV)Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e4BV=0%CS 11.4.2.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput4B) In addition to its own error terms, Module 4B also operates on the error terms from the LPRMs.The non-random error from the LPRMs was kept in two terms since one is in%CS and the other in%Power (einput4A). As was done for the random terms the%CS term must be operated on by the APRM gain whereas the%Power term is not affected by the gain.For N LPRMs being averaged the result is: einput4B cs =2.5*0%CS =0%CS And einput4B pp=N*(l/N)*(einput4A) =einput4A%Power =0.82%Power And einput4B pp (LP)N*(l/N)*(einput4A LP)einput4A LP%Power And =0.33%Power = = %Power REVISION NO.I einput4B AV o 0%PowerIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 100 of 191 These four terms will be carried forward to the next section where they will be combined after the%CS terms are converted to%Power.11.4.2.2.10 Non-Random Error From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms. +/-(e4BH+e4BT+e4BR+e4BS+e4BSP+e4BP+e4Bp+e4BV+einput4B cs)%CS =+/-(0+0+0+0+0+0+0+0+0)%CS L;e4B cs=+/-O%CS This will now be converted to%Power and added to einput4B pp to obtain the total L;e4B.L;e4B L;e4B + %Power+/-0*(125/100) +0.82%Power L;e4B=+/-0.82%Power And+/-L;e4B cs*(125/100)+einput4B pp (LP)%Power L;e4B LP=+/-0*(125/100) +0.33%Power =+/-0.33%Power And + %Power+/-0*(125/100) +0%Power+/-O%Power REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 101 of 191 11.4.3 Module 4C (Trip Circuits-Fixed)Classification of Module Module 4C receives an analog input from the Averaging Circuitry and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the input signal and the reference value.Therefore, Module 4C is a bistable module.11.4.3.1 Module 4C Random Error (a4C)This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 4C.11.4.3.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA4C)Per Section 8.4.1 the reference accuracy for this module is: RA4C=1%CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.In the same step this will be converted to%Power by multiplying by 125/100.RA4C(1<T)=+/-(RA4C/2)*(125/100) %Power RA4C(1<T)+/-(1/2)*(125/100) %Power RA4C(1<T)=+/-O.625%Power 11.4.3.1.2 Drift (RD4C)Per Section 8.4.1 the reference drift for this module is: RD4C=1%CS/700 HRS Tables 4.3.1.1-1 and 4.3.6-1 of Reference 3.7 give the surveillance interval (RD4CTSI)for all trip functions as 26 weeks (semi-annually). In addition, a 25%late factor will added to the required value.Per Reference 3.8 drift is considered a random function and can be extended to a longer period by the square root of the ratio of the time periods per Section 2.2.5 of Reference 3.13.Per Assumption 5.1, the drift value is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2, and then to%Power by multiplying by REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-G2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 102 of 191 11.4.3.1.3 125/100.RD4CTSI is converted to hours by multiplying by 168.The one sigma drift is then: RD4C (1<1)+/-(RD4C/2)*(125/100)*[(1.25*RD4CTSI*168)/RD4CT]0.5%Power RD4C(1<1)=+/-(1/2)*(125/100)*[(1.25*26*168)/700]O.5 %Power RD4C(1<1)+/-1.74553%Power Calibration Uncertainty (CAL4C)The uncertainties associated with calibrating the trip circuits are composed entirely of the uncertainties associated with the DMM used to set the input trip voltage.Per the applicable procedures of Reference 3.5 a Fluke Model 8500A is specified for this function.From Section 9.1 the error associated with this instrument is 0.00018 Vdc (RAMTEI 4c)'Since this is a digital instrument REMTE1 4c is equal to zero.From Reference 3.3, MTEI=[(RAMTEl/n) 2+REMTEI 2]0.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term.The values of the error terms from Reference 9.1 are already expressed in one sigma terms.Therefore, the value of n is 1.MTE1 4C=+/-[(RAMTEI 4c/l)2+REMTEI 4c 2]0.5 Vdc MTE1 4c=+/-[(0.00018/1)2 +0 2]°.5 Vdc MTE1 4C+/-O.00018 Vdc This can be converted to%Power by dividing by the voltage span (SPAN4CIN) and multiplying by the full scale power (125).MTEI 4C (pp)+/-[(MTEI 4c/SPAN4CIN)

125]%Power MTEI 4C (pp)=+/-[(0.00018/10)
125]%Power MTEI 4C (pp)+/-0.00225%Power From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible.

Therefore, the only term which contributes to CAL4C is the MTEI term.REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 103 of 191 Therefore, for this section CAL4C+/-MTEI 4C (pp)=+/-O.00225%Power 11.4.3.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST4C)The setting tolerance listed in the applicable procedures of Reference 3.5 for this function is 0.04 Vdc.This can be converted to%Power by dividing by the voltage span (SPAN4CIN) and multiplying by the full scale power (125).From Section 2.1.a the given setting tolerances are considered 3 sigma values.Therefore, ST4C must be divided by 3 to make it compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms.Combining this operation with the conversion to percent power gives ST4C(l(1)=+/-[(ST4CISPAN4CIN)

125]13%Power ST4C(1(1)ST4C(1(1)+/-[(0.04/10)*125]/3

%Power+/-0.166667% Power 11.4.3.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput4C and ainput4C LP)In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 4B must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on the input signal ainput4C and ainput4C LP become equal to the random input terms a4B andrespectively. ainput4C=+/-a4B=+/-1.570686% Power And ainput4C LP=+/-a4B LP=+/-1.076582% Power And = =+/-1.04151%Power 11.4.3.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (a4C, and a4C LP)Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, a4C=+/-[(RA4C (1(1))2+(RD4C (1(1))2+(CAL4C)2+(ST4C (1(1))2+(ainput4C) 2]0.5%Power REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY I CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 104 of 191 a4C=+/-[(0.625)2 +(1.74553)2 +(0.00225)2 +(0.166667)2 +(1.570686)2]0.5 %Power a4C+/-2.435639%Power And a4C LP+/-[(RA4C(11J)) 2+(RD4C(11J)) 2+(CAL4C)2+(ST4C(lIJ)) 2+(ainput4C LP)2]0.5%Power a4C LP+/-[(0.625)2+(1.74553)2+(0.00225)2+(0.166667)2+(1.076 582)2]0.5%Powe r a4C LP=+/-2.150421% Power And+/-[(RA4C(11J))2 +(RD4C(11J))2 +(CAL4C)2+(ST4C(11J)) 2+(ainput4C Av)2]0.5%Power+/-[(0.625)2 +(1.74553)2 +(0.00225)2 +(0.166667) 2+(1.04151)2]0.5%Power+/-2.133079% Power I REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY I CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 105 of 191 11.4.3.2 Module 4C Non-Random Errors (L:e4C, L:e4C Av , and L:e4C LP)11.4.3.2.1 Humidity Errors (e4CH)Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e4CH=0%CS 11.4.3.2.2 Temperature Error (e4CT)11.4.3.2.3 Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e4CT=0%CS Radiation Error (e4CR)Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e4CR=0%CS 11.4.3.2.4 Seismic Error (e4CS)Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e4CS=0%CS 11.4.3.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e4CSP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect.e4CSP=0%CS 11.4.3.2.6 Pressure Error (e4CP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect.e4CP=0%CS I REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY I CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 106 of 191 11.4.3.2.7 Process Errors(e4Cp) This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors.e4Cp=0%CS 11.4.3.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e4CV)Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e4CV=0%CS 11.4.3.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput4C and einput4C LP)In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 4B must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on the input signal, einput4C and einput4C LP become equal to the non-random input terms and respectively. einput4C=

+/-0.82%Power And And einput4C LP

+/-0.33%%Power 11.4.3.2.10 = =+/-O%Power Non-Random Error From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.The%CS terms will also be converted to%Power by multiplying by 125/100.+/-(125/100)*(e4CH +e4CT+e4CR+e4CS+e4CSP+e4CP+e4Cp+e4CV)+einput4C%Power+/-(125/100)*(0 +0+0+0+0+0+0+0)+0.82%Power+/-0.82%Power I REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY I CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 107 of 191 And And+/-(125/100)*(e4CH +e4CT+e4CR+e4CS+e4CSP+e4CP+e4Cp+e4CV)+einput4C u%Power+/-(125/100)*(0 +0+0+0+0+0+0+0)+0.33%Power+/-0.33%Power =+/-(125/100)*(e4CH +e4CT+e4CR+e4CS+e4CSP+e4CP+e4Cp+e4CV)+ %Power +/-(125/100)*(0 +0+0+0+0+0+0+0)+0%Power REVISION NO.I o+/-O%PowerIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 PAGE 108 of 191 11.4.4 Module 4D (Trip Circuit-Flow Biased)Classification of Module Module 4D receives an analog input from the Averaging Circuitry and the Flow Summer (Module 3), and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the input signal from the Averaging Circuitry and the reference value, which is a function of the Flow Summer signal.Therefore, Module 4D is a bistable module.11.4.4.1 Module 4D Random Error (a4D)This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 4D.11.4.4.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA4D)Per Section 8.4.1 the reference accuracy for this module is: RA4D=1%CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.In the same step this will be converted to%Power by multiplying by 125/100.RA4D(1<T)RA4D(1<T)RA4D(1<T)+/-(RA4D/2)*(125/100) %Power+/-(1/2)*(125/100) %Power+/-0.625%Power 11.4.4.1.2 Drift (RD4D)Per Section 8.4.1 the reference drift for this module is: RD4D=1%CS/700 HRS Table 4.3.1.1-1 and 4.3.6-1 of Reference 3.7 give the surveillance interval (RD4DTSI)for all trip functions as 26 weeks (semi-annually). In addition, a 25%late factor will added to the required value.Per Reference 3.8 drift is considered a random function and can be extended to a longer period by the square root of the ratio of the time periods per Section 2.2.5 of Reference 3.13.Per Assumption 5.1, the drift value is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by REVISION NO.o Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY I CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 109 of 191 11.4.4.1.3 dividing by 2, and then to%Power by multiplying by 125/100.RD4DTSI is converted to hours by multiplying by 168.The one sigma drift is then: RD4D (la)+/-(RD4D/2)*(125/100)*[(1.25*RD4DTSI*168)/RD4DT]0.5%Power RD4D(la)=+/-(1/2)*(125/100)*[(1.25*26*168)/700P*s %Power RD4D(la)+/-1.74553%Power Calibration Uncertainty (CAL4D)The uncertainties associated with calibrating the trip circuits are composed entirely of the uncertainties associated with the DMM used to set the input trip voltage.Per the applicable procedures of Reference 3.5 a Fluke Model 8500A is specified for this function.From Section 9.1 the error associated with this instrument is 0.00018 Vdc (RAMTE1 4D).Since this is a digital instrument REMTE1 4D is equal to zero.From Reference 3.3, MTE1=[(RAMTE1/n) 2+REMTE1 2]0.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term.The values of the error terms from Reference 9.1 are already expressed in one sigma terms.Therefore, the value of n is 1.MTE1 4D+/-[(RAMTE1 4D/1)2+REMTE1 4D 2]0.5 Vdc MTE1 4D+/-[(0.00018/1) 2+0 2]0.5 Vdc MTE1 4D=+/-O.00018 Vdc This can be converted to%Power by dividing by the voltage span (SPAN4CIN-Both Fixed and Flow Biased trips have the same input span)and multiplying by the full scale power (125).MTE1 4D (pp)+/-[(MTE1 4D/SPAN4CIN)

125]%Power MTE1 4D (pp)=+/-[(0.00018/10)*125]

%Power MTE1 4D (PPl+/-0.00225%Power From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration i REVISION NO.I o I I I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision Iftt q1t6 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 110 of 191 standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only term which contributes to CAL4D is the MTE1 term.Therefore, for this section CAL4D=+/-MTE1 4D (pp)=+/-O.00225%Power 11.4.4.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST4D)The setting tolerance listed in the applicable procedures for this function is 0.04 Vdc.This can be converted to%Power by dividing by the voltage span (SPAN4CIN) and multiplying by the full scale power (125).From Section 2.1.a the given setting tolerances are considered 3 sigma values.Therefore, ST4D must be divided by 3 to make it compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms.Combining this operation with the conversion to percent power gives ST4D(lO)=+/-[(ST4D/SPAN4CIN)

125]/3%Power ST4D(lo)=+/-[(0.04/10)*125]/3

%=+/-0.166667% Power 11.4.4.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput4D) The Module 4D input error (ainput4D) is the SRSS combination of random input terms from Module 4B (a4B FB)and Module 3 (a3).However, a3 must be converted from%Flow to%Power using the flow biased trip slope adjustment from Section 2.2 which accounts for setting uncertainties. 11.4.4.1.5.1 Two Loop Operation (TLO)-From Design Input 4.14, the TLO flow biased slope (FCS sp)is 0.62 which is adjusted as FCS=FCS sp+[(0.04+0.04)/0.08]/80 =0.62+[(0.04+0.04)/0.08]/80 =0.6325 The module 4D input uncertainty for TLO is determined as ainput4D=+/-[a4B FB 2+(FCS*a3)2]0.5 ainput4D=+/-[1.21122 2+(0.6325*2.546521)2]0.5 ainput4D=+/-2.015273% Power And the module 4D AV uncertainty for TLO is determined as ainput4D AV=+/-[a4B A/+(FCS*a3 c)2]O.5 ainput4D Av=+/-[(1.041510)2 +(0.6325*1.669197)2]0.5 ainput4D Av=+/-1.483033% Power REVISION NO.I o I 2II COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 1(pCALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 111 of 191 11.4.4.1.5.2 Single Loop Operation (SLO)-From Design Input 4.14, the SLO flow biased slope is 0.55 which is adjusted as FCS SW=FCS spsw+[(0.04+0.04) /0.08]/80=0.55+[(0.04+0.04)/0.08]/80 =0.5625 The module 4D input uncertainty for SLO is determined as ainput4D sw=+/-[a4B FB 2+(FCS sw*(3)2]0.S ainput4D sw=+/-{1.21122 2+[(0.5625)*(2.546521)]2}0.s =+/-1.875867% Power And the module 4D AV uncertainty for SLO is determined as ainput4D AVSW=+/-[a4B AV 2+(FCS sw*a3 c)2]0.5 ainput4D AVSW=+/-[(1.041510)2 +(0.5625*1.669197)2]0.5 ainput4D AVSW=+/-1.402255%Power 11.4.4.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error 11.4.4.1.6.1 Two Loop Operation-Total module 4D random error is a4D=+/-[RA4D(la)2+RD4D(la)2+CAL4D 2+ST4D(la)2+ainput4D 2]0.5 a4D=+/-[0.625 2+1.74553 2+0.00225 2+0.166667 2+2.015273 2]0.5 a4D=+/-2.743466% Power And the module 4D AV random error is a4D AV=+/-[RA4D(la)2+RD4D(la)2+CAL4D 2+ST4D(la)2+ainput4D A/]0.5 a4D AV=+/-[0.625 2+1.74553 2+0.00225 2+0.166667 2+1.4830332] 0.5 a4D AV=+/-2.380057%Power 11.4.4.1.6.2 Single Loop Operation-Total module 4D random error is a4D SW=+/-[RA4D(la)2+RD4D(la)2+CAL4D2+ST4D(la)2+(J"input4Dsw2] 0.5 a4D sw=+/-[0.625 2+1.745532+0.002252+0.1666672+1.8758672] 0.5 a4D SW=+/-2.642756% Power And the module 4D AV random error is a4D AVSW=+/-[RA4D(la)2+RD4D(la) 2+CAL4D 2+ST4D(la)2+ainput4DAVSw2] os a4D AVSW=+/-[0.6252+1.745532+0.002252+0.1666672+1.4022552] 0.5 a4D AVSW=+/-2.330580% Power REVISION NO.I 0 I 2II Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 112 of 191 11.4.4.2 Module 4D Non-Random Errors (6e4D)11.4.4.2.1 Humidity Errors (e4DH)Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e4DH=0%CS 11.4.4.2.2 Temperature Error (e4DT)11.4.4.2.3 Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e4DT=0%CS Radiation Error (e4DR)Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e4DR=0%CS 11.4.4.2.4 Seismic Error (e4DS)Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e4DS=0%CS 11.4.4.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e4DSP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect.e4DSP=0%CS 11.4.4.2.6 Pressure Error (e4DP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect.e4DP=0%CS REVISION NO.I oIII COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revisionlrc qW)CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 113 of 191 11.4.4.2.7 Process Errors (e4Dp)This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors.e4Dp=0%CS 11.4.4.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e4DV)Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e4DV=0%CS 11.4.4.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput4D) The module 4D input error (einput4D) is equal to the combination by algebraic addition of the non-random input terms from Module 4B and Module 3 However, must be converted from%Flow to%Power using the same flow biased trip slope adjustments determined in Section 11.4.4.1.5. 11.4.4.2.9.1 Two Loop Operation (TLO)-Using the FCS determined in Section 11.4.4.1.5.1, the module 4D input error for TLO is determined as einput4D= +(FCS* einput4D=+/-[0.82+(0.632500*1.274635)] einput4D=+/-1.626207% Power And the module 4D AV error for TLO is determined as = +(FCS* =+/-[O+(0.632500*1.274635)] einput4D AV=+/-O.806207%Power 11.4.4.2.9.2 Single Loop Operation (SLO)-Using the FCS determined in Section 11.4.4.1.5.2, the module 4D input error for SLO is determined as einput4D sw= +(FCS* einput4D sw=+/-[0.82+(0.562500*1.274635)] einput4D sw=+/-1.536982% Power REVISION NO.I o I 2 I I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02 ReViSiOn}J& yIL6 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 114 of 191 And the module 4D AV error for SLO is determined as einput4D AvSLO=+/-[L:e4B Av+(FCS*L:e3)]einput4D AvsLO=+/-[0+(0.562500*1.274635)] einput4D AvSLO=+/-O.716982%Power 11.4.4.2.10 Module 4D Non-Random Error (L:e4D)11.4.4.2.10.1 Two Loop Operation (TLO)-the module 4D total random error for TLO is L:e4D=+/-(125/100)*(e4DH +e4DT+e4DR+e4DS+e4DSP+e4DP+e4Dp+e4DV)+einput4D L:e4D=+/-(125/100)*(0+0+0+0+0+0 +0+0)+1.626207 L:e4D=+/-1.626207%Power And the module 4D AV error for TLO is determined as L:e4D Av=+/-(125/100)*(e4DH +e4DT+e4DR+e4DS+e4DSP+e4DP+e4Dp+e4DV)+ =+/-(125/100)*(0+0+0+0+0+0+0+0) +0.806207 =+/-0.806207%Power 11.4.4.2.10.2 Single Loop Operation (SLO)-the module 4D total random error for SLO is L:e4D SLO=+/-(125/100)*(e4DH +e4DT+e4DR+e4DS+e4DSP+e4DP+e4Dp+e4DV)+einput4D sLO L:e4D sLO=+/-(125/100)*(0+0+0+0+0+0+0+0)+1.536982 L:e4D sLO=+/-1.536982%Power And the module 4D AV error for SLO is determined as L:e4D AvSLO=+/-(125/100)*(e4DH+e4DT+e4DR+e4DS+e4DSP+e4DP+e4Dp+e4DV)+ L:e4D AvsLO=+/-(125/100)*(0+0+0+0+0+0+0+0) +0.716982 L:e4D AwLO=+/-0.716982%Power REVISION NO.I o I 2 I I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 11.5 Module 5 (RBM)I I PAGE 115 of 191 The RBM will be divided into three parts for this calculation; RBM Averaging and Gain Change CircuitrYr Trip Circuits (Fixed), and Trip Circuits (Flow Biased).These will be designated Module 5A, 5B, and 5C respectively. This separation is performed for convenience and because the calibration procedures of Reference 3.5 effectively make this separation. 11.5.1 Module 5A (RBM Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry) Classification of Module Module 5A receives analog inputs from multiple LPRM cards.These signals are averaged and then operated on by the Gain Change Circuitry resulting in an analog output that is some multiple of the average of the input signals.Therefore r Module 5A is an analog module.11.5.1.1 Module 5A Random Error (a5A)This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 5A.11.5.1.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA5A)Per Section 8.5.1 the reference accuracy for this module is: RA5A=0.8%CS The vendor also lists another accuracy term called"Accuracy of Null".This is the accuracy with which the RBM can adjust its gain so that its output is equal to the output of the reference APRM.The value for this term is: RA5A NULL=+/-1%of Point Since the maximum power at which the RBM is used is essentially 100%Power, this nulling error represents a maximum of 1%Power which can be converted to%CS by multiplying by 100/125.The nulling error and the reference accuracy can be combined using SRSS.Per Assumption 5.1, these are assumed to be 2 sigma values.They are then converted to 1 sigma values by dividing by 2.RA5A(1(T)=+/-{(RA5A/2)2+[(100/125)

(RA5A NULL/2)F}o.s CS REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP*12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 116 of 191+/-{(O.8/2)2+[(100/125)*(1/2)]2}0.5%CS 11.5.1.1.2 RA5A(10')=+/-O.565685%CS Drift (RD5A)Per Section 8.5.1 the reference drift for this module is: RD5A=0.3%CS/4 Hrs The RBM automatically performs a gain adjustment each time a control rod is selected.This control rod selection process occurs much more frequently than the drift interval.Therefore, per Section 2.1.b the vendor drift data can be used as is.Per Assumption 5.1, RD5A is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This will be converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.RD5A(10')+/-(RD5A/2)%CS RD5A n O')+/-(O.3/2)%CS RD5A n O')=+/-O.15%CS 11.5.1.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL5A)The uncertainties associated with calibrating the RBM Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry are composed entirely of the uncertainties associated with the DMM used to measure the zero offset of the amplifier on the Driver Card.Per the applicable procedures of Reference 3.5 a Fluke Model 8500A is specified for this function.From Section 9.1 the error associated with this instrument is 0.00018 Vdc (RAMTE1 5A).Since this is a digital instrument REMTE1 5A is equal to zero.From Reference 3.3, MTE1=[(RAMTE1/n) 2+REMTE1 2]0.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term.The values of the error terms from Reference 9.1 are already expressed in one sigma terms.Therefore, the value of n is 1.MTE1 5A+/-[(RAMTE1 5A/1)2+REMTE1 5/]0.5 Vdc MTE1 4c=+/-[{0.00018/1)2

+0 2]°.5 Vdc REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-00134S MTE1 4C=+/-O.00018 Vdc I I PAGE 117 of 191 From Section S.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only term which contributes to CALSA is MTE1.In order to convert CALSA to%CS, MTE1 sA will be divided by the RBM span and multiplied by 100.For this calculation CAL SA CALSA CAL SA+/-

100%CS+/-(0.00018/10)*100

%CS+/-0.0018%CS 11.S.1.1.4 Setting Tolerance (STSA)The setting tolerance for the RBM Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry calibration is the allowance in setting the zero offset of the amplifier on the Driver Card.From the applicable procedures in Reference 3.S this allowance (STSA)is+/-0.02S Vdc.This can be converted to%CS by dividing by the RBM span and multiplying by 100.From Section 2.1.a the given setting tolerances are considered 3 sigma values.Therefore, STSA must be divided by 3 to make it compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms.Combining this operation with the conversion to percent calibrated span gives STSA(lal=+/-

100]/3%CS STSA(lal STSA(la)+/-[(0.02S/10)*100]/3

%CS+/-0.083333% CS 11.S.1.1.S Process Measurement Accuracy Section 4.S of Reference 3.13 contains an error term called PMA of which part is applicable to the RBMs.Although primarily applicable to large and rapid transient events, the tracking portion of this error is considered applicable to the RBM.Therefore, =+/-1.11%Power This is considered to bea2 sigma value and must be divided by 2 in order to make it compatible with the other error terms.REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 PMARBM(la) I+/-PMA RBM/2%Power 1 PAGE 118 of 191 PMARBM(la) =+/-1.11/2%Power PMARBM(la) =+/-O.555%Power Per Reference 3.3 process terms are not to be included in the Allowable Value determination. Therefore, PMARBM(AV) =0%Power 11.5.1.1.6 Input Uncertainty (ainput5A) In addition to its own error terms, Module 5A also operates on the error terms from Module 4A.Therefore, the random error terms a4A, a4A pp , and ainput4A from the LPRMs must be transferred through the Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry. The resultant term will be ainput5A for this module.Since a4A is in%CS and a4A pp , and ainput4A are in%power they term must be treated differently when being transferred through the Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry. If N LPRMs are being averaged the gain associated with each LPRM through the averaging circuit is l/N.This applies to both a4A and ainput4A.Following the averaging function there is a gain function (G RBM)that adjusts the RBM output to read the same as the reference APRM (Section 4.8).Since a4A pp , and ainput4A are in%power and the output is also in%power the gain function has no effect.However, a4A is in%CS and the gain function has the effect of changing the calibrated span.Therefore, a4A must be multiplied by G RBM.Based on this discussion then a4A is propagated through the Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry by the factor GRBM/N RBM while a4A pp , ainput4A Av'and ainput4A are only operated on by l/N RBM.If the random error terms from N LPRMs are combined by SRSS the result is: ainput5Acs and ainput5A pp ainput5A pp+/-{N RBM*[(ainput4A/N RBM)2+(a4App/NRBM) 2]}0.5=+/-[(ainput4A)2 +(a4A pp)2]0.s/(N RBM)0.s%Power From Section 4.5.6 of Reference 3.10 the minimum number of REVISION NO.I o I 1 r Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 119 of 191 LPRMs which must be in the average in order for an RBM to be considered operable is 2.Using this value in the above equations gives: And And ainput5Acs ainput5Acs ainput5Acs ainput5A pp ainput5A pp ainput5A pp ainput5A Av+/-(a4A*G RBM)/(N RBM)0.5%CS+/-(0.606904*2.5)/2 0.5%CS+/-1.072865% CS+/-[(ainput4A) 2+(a4A pp)2]0.5/(N RBM)0.5%Power+/-[(1.019804) 2+(0.707107) 2]0.5/2 0.5%Power+/-0.877496%Power+/-[(ainput4A Av)2+(a4A pp)2]0.5/(N RBM)0.5%Power =+/-0.500000% Power Since the output of the Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry is the output of the RBM 1 it is desirable to have the terms in%Power.ainput5A cs can be converted to%Power by multiplying by the output span (125%)and dividing by 100%.The result is: ainput5Acs(pp) =+/-ainput5Acs (125/100)%Power ainput5Acs(PPl +/-1.072865*(125/100)%Power ainput5AcS(PPl +/-1.341081% Power Now that all uncertainty terms are in%Power they may be combined by SRSS.ainput5A+/-[(ainput5A pp)2+(ainput5Acs (PP))2]0.5%Power ainput5A=+/-[(0.877496) 2+(1.341081) 2]0.5%Power ainput5A+/-1.602653% Power REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 And I I PAGE 120 of 191 ainput5AA Av a inpu t 5AA AV+/-[(ainput5A Av)2+(ainput5Acs (PP))2]0.5%Power+/-[(0.5)2+(1.341081) 2]0.5%Power 11.5.1.1.7 =+/-1.431258% Power Determination of Module Random Error (a5A)Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, a5A=+/-[(RA5A(lCT) 2+(RD5A(lCT>> 2+(CAL5A)2+(ST5A(lCT>> 2+(PMA RBM (lCT)2+(ainput5A)2]0.5 %CS However, since ainput5A and PMARBM(lCT) are in terms of percent power while the other terms are percent calibrated span, these terms will be removed from the equation until the combination of the first four terms has been performed and the result converted to percent power by multiplying by 125/100.Then this result will be combined with ainput5A and PMARBM(lCT) using SRSS.Therefore, for this section the equation for a5AI is: a5AI=+/-[(RA5A(lCT>> 2+(RD5A(lCT>> 2+(CAL5A)2+(ST5A(lCT>> 2]0.5%CS a5AI+/-[(0.565685)2 +(0.15)2+(0.0018)2+(0.083333)2]0.5 %CS a5AI=+/-O.591141%CS Converting this to percent power gives: a5AI pp a5AI pp+/-a5AI*(125/100) %Power+/-0.591141*(125/100) %Power =+/-0.738926% Power Now this can be combined with ainput5A and PMARBM(lCT using SRSS to obtain a5A.a5A+/-[(a5AI pp)2+(ainput5A) 2+(PMARBM(lCT>> 2]0.5%Power a5A+/-[(0.738926)2 +(1.602653)2 +(0.555)2]0.5 %Power a5A=+/-1.850009% Power REVISION NO.I o III Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 And I I PAGE 121 of 191 a5A AV=+/-[(a5AI pp)2+(ainput5AA AV)2+(PMARBM(AV)) 2]0.5%Power+/-[(0.73 8 926)2+(1.43 1258)2+(0)2]0.5%Powe r=+/-1.610749% Power REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 122 of 191 11.5.1.2 Module 5A Non-Random Errors 11.5.1.2.1 Humidity Errors (e5AH)Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e5AH=0%CS 11.5.1.2.2 Temperature Error (e5AT)Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e5AT=0%CS 11.5.1.2.3 Radiation Error (e5AR)Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e5AR=0%CS 11.5.1.2.4 Seismic Error (e5AS)Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e5AS=0%CS 11.5.1.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e5ASP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect.e5ASP=0%CS 11.5.1.2.6 Pressure Error (e5AP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect.e5AP=0%CS REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 123 of 191 11.5.1.2.7 Process Errors(e5Ap) This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors other than that previously discussed in Section 11.5.1.1.5. e5Ap=0%CS 11.5.1.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e5AV)Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e5AV=0%CS 11.5.1.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput5A) In addition to its own error terms, Module 5A also operates on the error terms from the LPRMs.The non-random error from the LPRMs was kept in three terms since one is in%CS and the other two in%Power (einput4A and As was done for the random terms the%CS term must be operated on by the RBM gain whereas the%Power terms are not affected by the gain.For N LPRMs being averaged the result is: einput5Acs = = %CS einput5Acs =2.5*0%CS einput5Acs 0%CS And einput5A pp N*(1/N)*(einput4A)

einput4A%Power einput5A pp 0.82%Power And for the Allowable Value term: einput5A Av

=einput4A Av%Power einput5A Av 0%Power These three terms will be carried forward to the next section where they will be combined after the%CS terms are converted to%Power.REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 124 of 191 11.5.1.2.10 Non-Random Error From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms. +/-(e5AH+e5AT+e5AR+e5AS+e5ASP+e5AP+e5Ap+e5AV+einput5Acs)% CS+/-(O+0+0+0+0+0+0+0+0)%CS+/-O%CS This will now be converted to%Power and added to einput5A pp to obtain the total= (125/100)+einput5A pp%Power=+/-0*(125/100) +0.82%Power And+/-0.82%Power = + %Power+/-0*(125/100) +0%Power+/-O%Power REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-00134S I I PAGE 12S of 191 11.S.2 Module SB (Trip Circuit-Fixed)Classification of Module Module SB receives an analog input from the Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry and provides a bistable output I the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the input signal and the reference value.Therefore I Module SB is a bistable module.11.S.2.1 Module SB Random Error (aSB)This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module SB.11.S.2.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RASB)Per Section 8.S.1 the reference accuracy for this module is: RASB=1%CS Per Assumption S.1 1 this is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.In the same step this will be converted to%Power by multiplying by 12S/100.RASB(lU)+/-(RASB/2)*(12S/100) %Power RASB(lU)=+/-(l/2)*(12S/100) %Power RASB(lU)+/-0.62S%Power 11.S.2.1.2 Drift (RDSB)Per Section 8.S.1 the reference drift for this module is: RDSB=1%CS/700 HRS Table 4.3.6-1 of Reference 3.7 gives the surveillance interval (RDSBTSI)for all trip functions as 13 weeks (quarterly). In addition l a 2S%late factor will added to the required value.Per Reference 3.8 drift is considered a random function and can be extended to a longer period by the square root of the ratio of the time periods per Section 2.2.S of Reference 3.13.Per Assumption S.1 1 the drift value is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2 1 and then to%Power by multiplying by REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 126 of 191 125/100.RD5BTSI is converted to hours by multiplying by 168.The one sigma drift is then: RD5B (10")+/-(RD5B/2)*(125/100)*[(1.25*RD5BTSI*16 8)/RD5BT]0.5%Power RD5B(1O")=+/-(1/2)*(125/100)*[(1.25*13*168)/700]O.S %Power RD5B(1O")+/-1.234276% Power 11.5.2.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL5B)The uncertainties associated with calibrating the trip circuits are composed entirely of the uncertainties associated with the DMM used to set the input trip voltage.Per the applicable procedures of Reference 3.5 a Fluke Model 8500A is specified for this function.From Section 9.1 the error associated with this instrument is 0.00018 Vdc (RAMTE1 sB)'Since this is a digital instrument REMTE1 sB is equal to zero.From Reference 3.3, MTE1=[(RAMTE1/n) 2+REMTE1 2]O.S where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term.The values of the error terms from Reference 9.1 are already expressed in one sigma terms.Therefore, the value of n is 1.MTE1 sB=+/-[(RAMTE1 sB/1)2+REMTE1 SB 2]O.S Vdc MTE1 sB=+/-[(0.00018/1) 2+0 2]O.S Vdc +/-0.00018 Vdc This can be converted to%Power by dividing by the voltage span (SPAN4CIN-the RBM output has the same span as does the APRM)and multiplying by the full scale power (125).MTE1 sB (pp)MTE1 SB (PPl MTE1 SB (pp)+/-[(MTE1 sB/SPAN4CIN)

125]%Power+/-[(0.00018/10)*125]

%Power+/-0.00225%Power From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only term which contributes to CAL5B is the MTE1 term.REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 127 of 191 Therefore, for this section CAL5B+/-MTE1 5B (pp)=+/-O.00225%Power 11.5.2.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST5B)The setting tolerance listed in the applicable procedures for this function is 0.04 Vdc.This can be converted to%Power by dividing by the voltage span (SPAN4CIN) and multiplying by the full scale power (125).From Section 2.1.a the given setting tolerances are considered 3 sigma values.Therefore, ST5B must be divided by 3 to make it compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms.Combining this operation with the conversion to percent power gives ST5B(1<7)=+/-[(ST5B/SPAN4CIN)

125]/3%Power ST5B(l<7)=+/-[(0.04/10)*125]/3

%Power ST5B(1<7)+/-0.166667% Power 11.5.2.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput5B and In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 5A must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on the input signal ainput5B and become equal to the random input terms a5A and a5A AV'ainput5B=+/-a5A=+/-1.850009% Power And = =1.610749%Power 11.5.2.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (a5B)Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, a5B=+/-[(RA5B(1<7)) 2+(RD5B(1<7)) 2+(CAL5B)2+(ST5B(1<7)) 2+(ainput5B) 2]0.5%Power a5B=+/-[(0.625)2 +(1.234276)2 +(0.00225)2 +(0.166667)2 +(1.850009)2]0.5 %Power a5B+/-2.316113% Power REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 And I I PAGE 128 of 191+/-[(RA5B(11J))2+(RD5B(11J>>)2+(CAL5B)2+(ST5B(lIJ)) 2+ %Power+/-[(0.625)2+(1.234276)2+(0.00225)2+(0.166667)2+ (1.610749)2]0.5 %Power+/-2.129873% Power REVISION NO.I o III Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 129 of 191 11.5.2.2 Module 5B Non-Random Errors (6e5B)11.5.2.2.1 Humidity Errors (e5BH)Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e5BH=0%CS 11.5.2.2.2 Temperature Error (e5BT)Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e5BT=0%CS 11.5.2.2.3 Radiation Error (e5BR)Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e5BR=0%CS 11.5.2.2.4 Seismic Error (e5BS)Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e5BS=0%CS 11.5.2.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e5BSP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect.e5BSP=0%CS 11.5.2.2.6 Pressure Error (e5BP)11.5.2.2.7 This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect.e5BP=0%CS Process Errors(e5Bp) This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 130 of 191 exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors.eSBp=0%CS 11.5.2.2.8 Power Supply Effects (eSBV)Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.eSBV=0%CS 11.5.2.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput5B) In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 5A must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on the input signal, einputSB and become equal to the non-random input term and And einputSB +/-0.82%Power 11.S.2.2.10 = =+/-O%Power Non-Random Error and From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.And==+/-(12S/100)*(eSBH +e5BT+e5BR+eSBS+eSBSP+e5BP+eSBp+eSBV)+einputSB%Power+/-(12S/100)*(O+0+0+0+0+0+0+ 0)+0.82%Power+/-0.82%Power +/-(12S/100)*(eSBH +eSBT+eSBR+eSBS+eSBSP+eSBP+eSBp+e5BV)+ %Power =+/-(12S/100)*(0+0+0+0+0+0+0+ 0)+0%Power =+/-O%Power REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-00134S I I PAGE 131 of 191 11.S.3 Module SC (Trip Circuit-Flow Biased)Classification of Module Module SC receives an analog input from the Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry and the Flow Summer (Module 3), and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the input signal from the Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry and the reference value, which is a function of the Flow Summer signal.Therefore, Module Sc is a bistable module.11.S.3.1 Module SC Random Error (aSC)This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module SC.11.S.3.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RASC)Per Section 8.S.1 the reference accuracy for this module is: RASC=1%CS Per Assumption S.l, this is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.In the same step this will be converted to%Power by multiplying by 12S/100.RASC(l<T)=+/-(RASC/2)*(12S/100)%Power RASC(l<T)=+/-(1/2)*(125/100) %Power RASC(l<T)=+/-0.625%Power 11.S.3.1.2 Drift (RDSC)Per Section 8.5.1 the reference drift for this module is: RD5C=1%CS/700 HRS Table 4.3.6-1 of Reference 3.7 gives the surveillance interval (RDSCTSI)for all trip functions as 13 weeksannually). In addition, a 2S%late factor will added to the required value.Per Reference 3.8 drift is considered a random function and can be extended to a longer period by the square root of the ratio of the time periods per Section 2.2.5 of Reference 3.13.Per Assumption 5.1, the drift value is assumed to bea2 REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 132 of 191 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2, and then toPower by multiplying by 125/100.RD5CTSI is converted to hours by multiplying by 16S.The one sigma drift is then: RD5C (1<1)+/-(RD5C/2)*(125/100)*[(1.25*RD5CTSI

16 8)/RD5CT]0.5%Power RD5C(1<1)=+/-(1/2)*(125/100)*[(1.25*13*168)/700]0.5

%Power RD5C(1<1)+/-1.234276% Power 11.5.3.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL5C)The uncertainties associated with calibrating the trip circuits are composed entirely of the uncertainties associated with the DMM used to set the input trip voltage.Per the applicable procedures of Reference 3.5 a Fluke Model S500A is specified for this function.From Section 9.1 the error associated with this instrument is O.OOOlS vdc (RAMTE1 sc).Since this is a digital instrument REMTE1 sc is equal to zero.From Reference 3.3, MTE1=[(RAMTE1/n) 2+REMTE1 2]0.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term.The values of the error terms from Reference 9.1 are already expressed in one sigma terms.Therefore, the value of n is 1.MTE1 sc=+/-[(RAMTE1 sc/1)2+REMTE1 sc 2]0.5 Vdc MTE1 sc+/-[(0.0001S/1)2+0 2]0.5 Vdc MTE1 sc+/-O.0001S Vdc This can be converted toPower by dividing by the voltage span (SPAN4CIN-Both Fixed and Flow Biased trips have the same input span as the APRM trip circuits)and multiplying by the full scale power (125).MTE1 sc (pp)MTE1 sc (pp)MTE1 sC (pp)+/-[(MTE1 sc/SPAN4CIN)

125]Power+/-[(0.0001S/10)*125]

%Power Power REVISION NO.I o III Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 133 of 191 From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only term which contributes to CAL5C is the MTEI term.Therefore, for this section CAL5C=+/-MTEl sc (pp)=+/-O.00225%Power 11.5.3.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST5C)The setting tolerance listed in the applicable procedures for this function is 0.04 Vdc.This can be converted to%Power by dividing by the voltage span (SPAN4CIN) and multiplying by the full scale power (125).From Section 2.1.a the given setting tolerances are considered 3 sigma values.Therefore, ST4D must be divided by 3 to make it compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms.Combining this operation with the conversion to percent power gives ST5C (Ia)ST5C (la)ST5C (Ia)+/-[(ST5C/SPAN4CIN)*125]/3 %Power+/-[(O.04/10)*125]/3 %Power+/-0.166667% Power 11.5.3.1.5 Input Uncertainty (oinput5C) In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 5A and Module 3 must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on these input signals oinput5C and become equal to the combination by SRSS of the random input terms 05A and 03, andand 03 c.However, before 05A and 03, andand 03 c can be combined, 03 and 03 c must be converted from%Flow to%Power by multiplying by the slope of the curve in the Flow Controlled Trip Reference Unit.From the applicable procedures in Reference 3.5 this slope (FCSRBM(sP)) is equal to 0.66%Power per%Flow.However, per Section 2.2 this slope has been modified to account for setting uncertainties. Therefore, oinput5C=+/-[05A 2+(FCS RBM*03)2]0.5%Power oinput5C=+/-{(1.850009)2 +[(O.668750)*(2.546521)]2}0.s %Power oinput5C+/-2.514497% Power REVISION NO.I o I I I Exhibit E NEP*12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 134 of 191 For the Allowable Value determination this becomes: ainput5C Av=+/-[1.610749 2+(0.668750*1.669197) 2]0.5%Power =+/-1.959740% Power 11.5.3.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (a5C and Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, a5C=+/-[(RA5C(1<7)2 +(RD5C(1<7>>2 +(CAL5C)2+(ST5C(1<7>>2 +(ainput5C) 2]0.5%Power a5C+/-[(0.625)2 +(1.234276)2 +(0.00225)2 +(0.166667)2+(2.514497) 2]0.5%Power a5C+/-2.874811% Power And+/-[(RA5C(1<7>>2+(RD5C(1<7>>2+(CAL5C)2+(ST5C(1<7>> 2+(ainput5C Av)2]0.5%Power+/-[(0.625)2+(1.234276)2+(0.00225)2+(0.166667)2+ (1.95974)2]0.5%Power+/-2.404668% Power REVISION NO.I o r 1 1 Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 135 of 191 11.5.3.2 Module 5C Non-Random Errors 11.5.3.2.1 Humidity Errors (e5CH)Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e5CH=0%CS 11.5.3.2.2 Temperature Error (e5CT)11.5.3.2.3 Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e5CT=0%CS Radiation Error (e5CR)Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e5CR=0%CS 11.5.3.2.4 Seismic Error (e5CS)Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e5CS=0%CS 11.5.3.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e5CSP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect.e5CSP=0%CS 11.5.3.2.6 Pressure Error (e5CP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect.e5CP=0%CS REVISION NO.I o III Exhibit E NEP*12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 136 of 191 11.5.3.2.7 Process Errors (e5Cp)This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors.e5Cp=0%CS 11.5.3.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e5CV)Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e5CV=0%CS 11.5.3.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput5C) In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 5A and Module 3 must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on these input signals einput5C becomes equal to the combination by algebraic addition of the non-random input terms and and and However, before and and and can be combined, and must be converted from%Flow to%Power by multiplying by the slope of the curve in the Flow Controlled Trip Reference Unit.From the applicable procedures in Reference 3.5 this slope (FCSRBM(sP)) is equal to 0.66%Power per%Flow.However, per Section 2.2 this slope has been modified to account for setting uncertainties. Therefore, einput5C= + %Power einput5C+/-[0.82+(0.668750*1.274635)] %Power einput5C=+/-1.672412% Power And einput5C Av einput5C Av+/-[O+(0.668750*1.274635)] %Power einput5C w=+/-0.852412% Power REVISION NO.I oII 1 Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 137 of 191 11.5.3.2.10 Non-Random Error From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.And=+/-(125/100)*(e5CH +e5CT+e5CR+e5CS+e5CSP+e5CP+e5Cp+e5CV)+einput5C%Power+/-(125/100)*(O+0+0+0+0+0+0+ 0)+1.672412%Power+/-1.672412% Power+/-(125/100)*(e5CH +e5CT+e5CR+e5CS+e5CSP+e5CP+e5Cp+e5CV)+ %Power+/-(125/100)*(O+0+0+0+0+0+0+ 0)+0.852412%Power+/-0.852412% Power REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 11.6 ABB Flow Unit (Module 6)Classification of Module I I PAGE 138 of 191 Module 6 receives analog inputs from flow transmitters and another flow unit, and provides an output that represents the sum of two flow loops in addition to two bistable outputs representing high flow and mismatch flow.Therefore, Module 6 is both an analog and a bistable module.11.6.1 Module 6 Analog Section This portion of the calculation evaluates the uncertainties associated with the square root converters and summer sections of the flow unit.11.6.1.1 Module 6 Random Error (a6)This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 6.11.6.1.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA6)Per Section 8.6.1 the reference accuracy applied to this module is the overall RFM accuracy.Per Reference 3.19 the reference accuracy for this unit isRA6=CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.RA6(1")+/-RA6/2CS 11.6.1.1.2 RA6 (1")=+/-1/2CS RA6 (1")+/-O.CS Drift (RD6)Per Section 8.6.1 the reference drift applied to this module is the overall RFM drift.Per Reference 3.19 the reference drift for this unit is CS per 30 months.Since this interval is greater than the surveillance interval no adjustment needs to be made.RD6=CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to bea2 sigma value.REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 139 of 191 This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.RD6(la)RD6(la) RD6(la)RD6/2%" CS 0.5/2%" CS+/-0.25%" CS 11.6.1.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL6)The uncertainties associated with calibrating the flow summer are composed of the uncertainties in setting the input signal and the uncertainties in reading the output signal.Per Assumption 5.9 the calibration uncertainties for this module are assumed to be the same as those for Module 3.Therefore I CAL6 is equal to CAL3.CAL6= =+/-0.025498%" CS 11.6.1.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST6)The setting tolerance for the flow summer is the combination of the input and output setting tolerances. Per Assumption 5.9 the setting tolerances for this module are assumed to be the same as those for Module 3.Therefore I ST6 is equal to ST3 and l consequently I ST6 (la)is equal to ST3 (la)*ST6(la)=ST3(la)=+/-0.04714%" CS 11.6.1.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput6)In addition to its own error terms l Module 6 also operates on the error terms from Module 1.Per Assumption 5.9 the calibration uncertainties for this module are assumed to be similar to those for Module 3.Also l since Module 2 had no error terms (RA2 1 RD2)of its own I its only errors were due to calibration and inputs from Module 1.Therefore I the random error terms ainput6 and ainput6 c will be equal to ainput3 and ainput3 c for this calculation. ainput6=ainput3=+/-1.660348%" CS For the Comparator Trip: ainput6 c=ainput3 c=+/-0.624245%" CS 11.6.1.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (a6)Using the methodology of Reference 3.3 1 and converting to%" REVISION NO.I o I I I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 140 of 191 Flow by multiplying by 125/100: a6+/-(125/100)*[(RA6(l0"))2 +(RD6(10"))2 +(CAL6)2+(ST6 (10"))2+(ainput6)2]0.5%Flow a6+/-(125/100)*[(0.5)2 +(0.25)2+(0.025498)2 +(0.04714)2 +(1.660348)2]0.5 %Flow a6+/-2.190936% Flow For the Comparator Trip: a6 e=+/-(125/100)*[(RA6(10">>)2 +(RD6(1<J>>)2 +(CAL6)2+(ST6 (10">>)2+(ainput6 e)2]0.5%Flow a6 e+/-(125/100)*[(0.5)2 +(0.25)2+(0.025498)2 +(0.04714)2 +(0.624245)2]0.5 %Flow a6 e+/-1.049594% Flow REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 141 of 191 11.6.1.2 Module 6 Non-Random Errors Per Section 8.6.1 the errors applied to this module are the overall RFM error terms.11.6.1.2.1 Humidity Errors (e6H)Since Reference 3.19 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e6H=O%'CS 11.6.1.2.2 Temperature Error (e6T)11.6.1.2.3 Per Reference 3.19 the"Total Flow Voltage Output Temperature Effect" is e6T=0.5%'CS Radiation Error (e6R)Since Reference 3.19 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e6R=O%'CS 11.6.1.2.4 Seismic Error (e6S)Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e6S=O%'CS 11.6.1.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e6SP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect.e6SP=0%CS 11.6.1.2.6 Pressure Error (e6P)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect.e6P O%'CS REVISION NO.I o I I I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 142 of 191 11.6.1.2.7 Process Errors (e6p)This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors.e6p=O%" CS 11.6.1.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e6V)Since Reference 3.19 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e6V=O%" CS 11.6.1.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput6)In addition to its own error terms, Module 6 also operates on the error terms from Module 1.Per Assumption 5.9 the calibration uncertainties for this module are assumed to be similar to those for Module 3.Also, since Module 2 had no error terms (e2H, e2T, e2R, e2S, e2SP, e2P, e2p, e2V)of its own, its only errors were due to calibration and inputs from Module 1.Therefore, the random error term einput6 will be equal to einput3 for this calculation. einput6=einput3=+/-1.019708%" CS 11.6.1.2.10 Non-Random Error (6e3)From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.In addition, this term can be converted to%" Flow by multiplying by 125/100.The result is;6e6+/-(125/100)*(e6H +e6T+e6R+e6S+e6SP+e6P+e6p+e6V+einput6)%" Flow 6e6=+/-(125/100)*(0 +0.5+0+0+0+0+0+0+1.019708)%" Flow 6e6+/-1.899635%" Flow REVISION NO.I o 1 I 1 Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 143 of 191 11.6.2 Module 6A and 6B(ABB RFM Trip Circuits)Classification of Module Module 6A receives an analog input from the Flow Summer (Module 6)and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the input signal and the reference value.Therefore, Module 6A is a bistable module.There are actually two separate trip circuits in each flow unit.The Hi Flow trip looks at the output of the Flow Summer and compares its magnitude to a fixed reference value (Module 6A).The Comparator Trip Circuit looks at the output of the Flow Summer and compares it to the output of a Flow Summer from another RFM (Module 6B)and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the two input signals.Therefore, Module 6B is a bistable module.The Comparator Trip will have to combine the error terms from two Flow Summers.11.6.2.1 Module 6A Random Error (a6A)This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 6A.11.6.2.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA6A)Per Section 8.6.1 the reference accuracy for this module is: RA6A=1%CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.In the same step this will be converted to%Flow by multiplying by 125/100.RA6A(la)+/-(RA6A/2)*(125/100) %Flow+/-(1/2)*(125/100) %Flow+/-0.625%Flow 11.6.2.1.2 Drift (RD6A)Per Assumption 5.10 drift is assumed to be included in the reference accuracy term.Therefore: RD6A=0%CS REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 144 of 191 Per Assumption 5.1, the drift value is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2, and then to%Flow by multiplying by 125/100.RD6A(l0)=+/-(RD6A/2)*(125/100) %Flow RD6A(l0)=+/-(0/2)*(125/100)%Flow RD6A(l0)=+/-O%Flow 11.6.2.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL6A)Per Assumption 5.9 the calibration uncertainties for this module are assumed to be the same as those for Module 3.Therefore, CAL6A is equal to CAL3A.CAL6A=CAL3A=+/-0.022538% Flow 11.6.2.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST6A)Per Assumption 5.9 the setting tolerances for this module are assumed to be the same as those for Module 3.Therefore, ST6A=ST3A, and consequently, ST6A A (10)=ST3A A (10)and ST6A B (lo)=ST3A B (10)*Upscale Trip: ST6A A (10)=ST3A A (10)=+/-O.416667%Flow Comparator Trip: ST6A B (10)=ST3A B (10)=+/-O.333333%Flow 11.6.2.1.5 Input Uncertainty (oinput6A, oinput6B)In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 6 must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on the input signal oinput6A becomes equal to the random input term 06 for the Hi Flow trip.However, the Comparator Trip is also looking at the output of another RFM so both inputs have a 06 e term impressed on them.Therefore, the uncertainty term oinput6B for the Comparator Trip will combine two 06 e terms by SRSS.oinput6A=+/-06=+/-2.190936% Flow And oinput6B=+/-(06 e 2+06 e 2)0.5%Flow oinput6B=+/-(1.049594 2+1.049594 2)°.5%Flow REVISION NO.I o I 1 I I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 145 of 191 a6A=11.6.2.1.6 ainput6B=+/-1.48435%Flow Determination of Module Random Error (a6A, a6B)Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, 2 2" 2+/-[(RA6A(lO))+(RD6A(lo)+(CAL6A)+(ST6A A (lo)+(ainput6A)2]0.5 %Flow a6A=+/-[(0.625)2 +(0)2+(0.022538)2 +(0.416667)2 +(2.190936) 2]0.5%Flow a6A=+/-2.316235%Flow And a6B=+/-[(RA6A(lo)2 +(RD6A(lo)2 +(CAL6A)2+(ST6A B (lo)2+(ainput6B) 2]0.5%Flow a6B=+/-(0.625 2+0 2+0.022538 2+0.333333 2+1.48435 2)0.5%Flow a6B=+/-1.644852% Flow REVISION NO.I o I 1II Exhibit E NEP*12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 146 of 191 11.6.2.2 Module 6A Non-Random Errors 11.6.2.2.1 Humidity Errors (e6AH)Since Reference 3.19 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e6AH=0%CS 11.6.2.2.2 Temperature Error (e6AT)Since Reference 3.19 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e6AT=0%CS 11.6.2.2.3 Radiation Error (e6AR)Since Reference 3.19 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e6AR=0%CS 11.6.2.2.4 11.6.2.2.5 Seismic Error (e6AS)Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e6AS=0%CS Static Pressure Effect (e6ASP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore I there is no static pressure effect.e6ASP=0%CS 11.6.2.2.6 Pressure Error (e6AP)This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore I there is no pressure effect.e6AP=0%CS REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 147 of 191 11.6.2.2.7 Process Errors(e6Ap) This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors.e6Ap=0%CS 11.6.2.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e6AV)Since Reference 3.19 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3.e6AV=0%CS 11.6.2.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput6A, einput6B)In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 6 must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on the input signal einput6A becomes equal to the non-random input term for the Hi Flow trip.However, the Comparator Trip is also looking at the output of another RFM so the reference input also has a term impressed on it.Since these are not random terms, it is expected that their magnitudes would be the same from each Module 6.However, the methodology of Reference 3.3 does not allow the cancellation of non-random terms.Therefore, the total error at the comparator will be the algebraic sum of two terms.And einput6A=+/-1.899635% Flow einput6B= +%Flow einput6B=+/-(1.899635 +1.899635)%Flow REVISION NO.I einput6B o+/-3.799270% FlowII I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 148 of 191 11.6.2.2.10 Non-Random Error From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.In addition, all terms except einput6A and einput6B are in%CS and must be multiplied by 125/100 to convert to%Flow.And==l:e6A=l:e6B=l:e6B==+/-(125/100)*(e6AH +e6AT+e6AR+e6AS+e6ASP+e6AP+e6Ap+e6AV)+einput6A%Flow+/-(125/100)*(0 +0+0+0+0+0+0+0)+1.899635%Flow+/-1.899635% Flow+/-(125/100)*(e6AH +e6AT+e6AR+e6AS+e6ASP+e6AP+e6Ap+e6AV)+einput6B%Flow+/-(125/100)*(0 +0+0+0+0+0+0+0)+3.799270%Flow+/-3.799270% Flow REVISION NO.I oIII COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision'r,.., 9 M CALCULATION NO.L-001345 12.0 INSTRUMENT CHANNEL TOTAL ERRORS I I PAGE 149 of 191 From Reference 3.3 total instrument error is determined by the following equation: Total Loop Error-Normal Conditions (Ten)Ten=+/-(2a+For this calculation there are eight different groups of Ten terms.These terms are listed below: Ten AFB , TenAFBCAV) -APRM Flow Biased Trips, Two Loop TenAFBSLO' TenAFB(AV)SLO -APRM Flow Biased Trips, Single Loop Ten AF , TenAF(AV)-APRM Fixed High Power Trips Ten RFB , TenRFB(AV) -RBM Flow Biased Trips Ten RF , TenRFCAV)-RBM Fixed Trip Ten RFMU , TenRFMU(AV) -Recirculation Flow Monitor-Upscale Ten RFMC'TenRFMC(AV) -Recirculation Flow Monitor-Comparator Ten AFLP'TenAFLPCAV) -APRM Fixed Low Power Trips The above terms with ansubscript have had the error terms associated with the process removed and will, therefore, be used in the Allowable Value calculations. The terms without thesubscript are used in the Analytical Limit calculations. 12.1 APRM Flow Biased Trips Ten AFB and TenAFBCAV) are made up of the uncertainty terms from the APRM Flow Biased Trip Module 4D.These uncertainty terms include both the uncertainties associated with the APRM neutron signal and the Recirculation Flow Monitor.12.1.1 Two Loop Operation (Ten AFB , TenAFB(AV>>) -Using errors from Sections 11.4.4.1.6.1 and 11.4.4.2.10.1 for TLO, the errors are Ten AFB=+/-(2*a4D+ Ten AFB=+/-(2*2.743466+1.626207)Ten AFB=+/-7.113139%Power REVISION NO.I o I 2II COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02. Revision-, Je qll.A6 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 150 of 191 And the AV total error for TLO is determined as Ten AFB CAV)=+/-(2 oA D AV+L: e4 D AV)TenAFB(AV) =+/-(2*2.380057 +0.806207)TenAFBCAV) =+/-5.566321%Power 12.1.2 Single Loop Operation (Ten AFBf TenAFBCAV>>) -Using errors from Sections 11.4.4.1.6.2 and 11.4.4.2.10.2 for SLO f the error is TenAFBSLO=+/-(2*a4D sLO+L:e4D sLO)Ten AFBSLO=+/-(2*2.642756+1.536982)TenAFBSLO=+/-6.822494%Power And the AV total error for SLO is determined as TenAFBCAV)SLO =+/-(2*a4D AVSLO+L:e4D AVSLO)TenAFB(AV)SLO =+/-(2*2.330580+0.716982)TenAFBCAV)SLO =+/-5.378142% Power 12.2 APRM Fixed Trips-Ten AFf TenAF(AV)Ten AF and TenAFCAV)are made up of the uncertainty terms from APRM Fixed Trip Module 4C.From Sections 11.4.3.1.6 and 11.4.3.2.10: Ten AF=+/-(2a4C+L:e4C)%Power Ten AF=+/-(2*2.435639 +0.82)%Power Ten AF=+/-5.691278%Power And TenAFCAV)=+/-(2a4C AV+L:e4C AV)%Power TenAF(AV)=+/-(2*2.133079 +0)%Power TenAFCAV)=+/-4.266158%Power 12.3 RBM Flow Biased Trips-Ten RFBf TenRFBCAV) Ten RFB and TenRFBCAV) are made up of the uncertainty terms from the RBM Flow Biased Trip Module 5C.These uncertainty terms include both the uncertainties associated with the RBM neutron signal and the Recirculation Flow Monitor.From Sections 11.5.3.1.6 and 11.5.3.2.10: Ten Rrn=+/-(2a5C+L:e5C)%Power Ten RFB=+/-(2*2.874811 +1.672412)%Power Ten Rrn=+/-7.422034% Power And TenRFBCAV) =+/-(2a5C AV+L:e5C AV)%Power TenRFBCAV) =+/-(2*2.404668 +0.852412)% Power =+/-5.661747% Power REVISION NO.I o I 2II Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 12.4 RBM Fixed Trip-Ten RF , TenRF(AV)I I PAGE 151 of 191 Ten RF and TenRF(AV)are made up of the uncertainty terms from RBM Fixed Trip Module 5B.From Sections 11.5.2.1.6 and 11.5.2.2.10: +/-(205B+ Power Ten RF=+/-(2*2.316113 +0.82)%Power+/-5.452226% Power And TenRF(AV)TenRF(AV)TenRF(AV)+/-(2*2.129873 +0)%Power+/-4.259745% Power 12.5 Recirculation Flow Monitor-Upscale-Ten RFMU , TenRFMU(AV) Ten RFMU and TenRFMU(AV) are made up of the uncertainty terms from Recirculation Flow Monitor 3A.From Sections 11.3.3.1.6 and 11.3.3.2.10: And Ten RFMU (AV)TenRFMU(AV) Ten RFMU (AV)+/-(203A+ %Flow+/-(2*2.92796 +1.274635)% Flow+/-7.130555% Flow + %Flow+/-(2*2.207804 +1.274635)%Flow+/-5.690244% Flow Note that for the RFM loops there were no non-random terms associated with the process.Therefore, the non-random term is applicable to both the AL and AV total error terms.12.6 Recirculation Flow Monitor-Upscale-Comparator -Ten RFMC , Ten RFMC (AV)Ten RFMC and TenRFMC(AV) are made up of the uncertainty terms from Recirculation Flow Monitor 3B.From Sections 11.3.3.1.6 and 11.3.3.2.10: REVISION NO.I o I 1II Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 152 of 191 Ten RFMC TenRFMC Ten RFMC+/-(203B+ Flow+/-(2*2.756468 +2.54927)%Flow+/-8.062206% Flow Per Section 4.9 the process variables have already been removed from the uncertainty terms for the comparator trip.Therefore, TenRFMC(AV) =Ten RFMC=+/-8.062206%Flow 12.7 APRM Fixed Low Power Trips-Ten AFLP , TenAFLP(AV) Ten AFLP and TenAFLP(AV} are made up of the uncertainty terms from APRM Fixed Trip Module 4C LP'From Sections 11.4.3.1.6 and 11.4.3.2.10: Ten AFLP Ten AFLP+/-(204C LP+ %Power+/-(2*2.150421 +0.33)%Power+/-4.630842% Power For the Allowable Value calculation the uncertainties for the fixed low power trips are the same as for the fixed high power trip.Therefore, TenAFLP (AV)=Ten AF (AV)+/-4.266158% Power REVISION NO.I o I 1 I I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 " qal>CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 153 of 191 13.0 ERROR ANALYSIS

SUMMARY

&CONCLUSIONS The total uncertainties applicable to the ABB Flow Unit are smaller than those associated with the GE Flow Unit.Therefore, all calculations will be performed using those terms applicable to the GE Flow Unit since the results will then be conservative for operation using the ABB Flow Unit.13.1 APRM Flow Biased Trips The APRM Flow Biased Trips have a different total uncertainty term for both single (TenAFBSLO) and two (Ten AFB)recirculation loop operation. This results from the difference in the flow biased trip slope for the analytical limits in design input 4.14.13.1.1 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Scram)-Two Loop Operation Using the Reference 3.34 methodology, the nominal trip setpoint for an upscale or increasing trip is determined as follows: NTSP=AL-Ten For this calculation this becomes: NTSP STP2=AL sTP2-Ten AFB For software reasons the AL and NTSP are broken into two parts: AL STP2=FCS sp*w+ALsTP20S NTSP STP2=FCSsp*W+NTSPSTP20S Substituting the analytical limit from Design Input 4.14 and the total uncertainty from Section 12.1.1 yields: NTSP STP2=FCSsp*W+(ALSTP20S-Ten AFB)NTSP STP2=O.62W+(70.9-7.113 139)NTSP STP2=O.62W+63.786861%, rounded to O.62W+63.7%Power In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.566321% Power)from Section 12.1.1.AV STP2=FCSsp*W+NTSPSTP20S +TenAFB(AV) AV STP2=O.62W+63.786861%Power+5.566321 AV STP2=O.62W+69.353182%, rounded to O.62W+69.3%Power REVISION NO.I 0 I 2 I I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP*12-Q2 Revision It:.-C}d6 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 154 of 191 13.1.2 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Scram)-Single Loop Operation Using the Reference 3.34 methodology, the nominal trip setpoint for an upscale or increasing trip is determined as follows: NTSP=AL-Ten For this calculation this becomes: NTSP STP1=AL sTP1-Ten AFB For software reasons the AL and NTSP are broken into two parts: NTSP STP1=FCSsp*W+NTSPSTPlOS Substituting the analytical limit from Design Input 4.14 and the total uncertainty from Section 12.1.2 yields: NTSP STP1=FCSsp*W+ALsTPlOS-Ten AFB%Power NTSP STP1=O.55W+58.33-6.822494%Power NTSP STP1=O.55W+51.507506%, rounded to O.55W+51.5%Power In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.378142% Power)from Section 12.1.2.AV STP1=FCSsp*W+NTSPSTPlOS +TenAFB(AV) %Power AV STP1=O.55W+51.507506+5.378142%Power AV STP1=O.55W+56.885648%, rounded to O.55W+56.8%13.1.3 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Rod Block)-Two Loop Operation Using the Reference 3.34 methodology, the nominal trip setpoint for an upscale or increasing trip is determined as follows: NTSP=AL-Ten For this calculation this becomes: NTSPSTP2RB =ALsTP2RB-Ten AFB REVISION NO.I o I 2 I I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP*12*02 Revision f" qat)CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 155 of 191 For software reasons the AL and NTSP are broken into two parts: ALSTP2RB=FCSsp*W+ALsTP2RBOS NTSPSTP2RB =FCSsp*W+NTSPSTP2RBOS Substituting the analytical limit from Design Input 4.14 and the total uncertainty from Section 12.1.1 yields: NTSPSTP2RB =FCSsp*W+ALsTP2RBOS -Ten AFB NTSPSTP2RB =O.62W+59.47-7.113139 NTSPSTP2RB =O.62W+52.356861%, rounded to O.62W+52.3%In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.566321% Power)from Section 12.1.1.AVSTP2RB=FCSsp*W+NTSPSTP2RBOS +TenAFB(AV) AVSTP2RB=0.62W+52.356861+5.566321 AVSTP2RB=0.62W+57.923182%, rounded to 0.62W+57.9%13.1.4 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Rod Block)-Single Loop Using the Reference 3.34 methodology, the nominal trip setpoint for an upscale or increasing trip is determined as follows: NTSP=AL-Ten For this calculation this becomes: NTSPSTP1RB =ALsTP1RB-Ten AFB For software reasons the AL and NTSP are broken into two parts: ALSTP1RB=FCSsp*W+ALsTP1RBOS NTSPSTP1RB =FCSsp*W+NTSPSTP1RBOS Substituting the analytical limit from Design Input 4.14 and the total uncertainty from Section 12.1.2 yields: NTSPSTP1RB =FCSsp*W+ALsTP1RBOS -Ten AFB NTSPSTP1RB =O.55W+46.9-6.822494 NTSPSTP1RB =O.55W+40.077506%, rounded to O.55W+40.0 s-o REVISION NO.I 0 I 2 I I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revisionqdfi CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 156 of 191 In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.378142% Power)from Section 12.1.2.AVSTPIRB=FCSsp*W+NTSPsTPIRBos +TenAFB(AV) %Power AVSTPIRB=O.55W+40.077506+5.378142%Power AVSTPIRB=0.55W+45.455648%, rounded to 0.55W+45.4%REVISION NO.I a I 2II Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 13.2 APRM Fixed Trips I I PAGE 157 of 191 The APRM Fixed Trips are divided into two groups, High Power Level Trips and Low Power Level Trips.The uncertainty terms for these trips are Ten AF and Ten AFLP respectively. 13.2.1 Neutron Flux High (Scram)From Section 10.4 the existing Technical Specifications Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP)for this function is$118%Power.For this calculation this will be the starting point and the resulting Analytical Limit will be calculated. From Section 12.2 the total uncertainty for this function is+/-5.691278% Power.From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is: AL=NTSP+Ten For this calculation this becomes: AL FS=NTSP FS+Ten AF%Power AL FS=118+5.691278%Power AL FS=123.691278% Power In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (4.266158% Power)from Section 12.2.AV FS=NTSP FS+TenAF(Av)%Power AV FS=118+4.266158%Power AV FS=122.266158% power 13.2.2 Neutron Flux High-Setdown (Scram)From Section 10.4 the existing Technical Specifications Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP)for this function is$15%Power.For this calculation this will be the starting point and the resulting Analytical Limit will be calculated. From Section 12.7 the total uncertainty for this function is+/-4.630842% Power.From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is: AL=NTSP+Ten REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 158 of 191 For this calculation this becomes: AL pss=NTSP pss+Ten AFLP%Power AL pss=15+4.630842%Power AL pss=19.630842% Power In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (4.266158% Power)from Section 12.7.AV pss=NTSP pss+TenAF(AV}%Power AV pss=15+4.266158%Power AV pss=19.266158% Power These values for AL and AV will not support the existing Tech Spec AV of s20%Power.Therefore, the calculation will be performed using the AL provided in Section 4.14 (and Reference 3.27)(s25%Power).For an upscale trip: NTSP=AL-Ten For this calculation: NTSP pSSN=AL pSSN-Ten AFLP%Power =25-4.630842%Power =20.369158% Power From this a new AV can be calculated: AV PSSN=NTSP pSSN+TenAF(AV)%Power AV pSSN=20.369158+4.266158%Power AV PSSN=24.635316% Power 13.2.3 Neutron Flux High-Setdown (Rod Block)From Section 10.4 the existing Technical Specifications Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP)for this function is s12%Power.For this calculation this will be the starting point and the resulting Analytical Limit will be calculated. REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 159 of 191 From Section 12.7 the total uncertainty for this function is+/-4.630842% Power.From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is: AL=NTSP+Ten For this calculation this becomes: AL RBS=NTSP RBS+Ten AFLP%Power AL RBS=12+4.630842%Power AL RBS=16.630842% Power In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (4.266158% Power)from Section 12.7.AV RBS=NTSP RBS+TenAF(AV)%Power AV RBS=12+4.266158%Power AV RBS=16.266158% Power These values for AL and AV will not support the existing Tech Spec AV of s14%Power.Therefore, the calculation will be performed using the AL provided in Section 4.14 (and Reference 3.27)(s19%Power}.For an upscale trip: NTSP=AL-Ten For this calculation: NTSP RBSN=AL RBSN-Ten AFLP%Power NTSP RBSN=19-4.630842%Power NTSP RBSN=14.369158% Power From this a new AV can be calculated: AV RBSN=NTSP RBSN+Ten AFAV%Power AV RBSN=14.369158+4.266158%Power AV RBSN=18.635316% Power REVISION NO.I oIII COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02 c-1UJ5 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 160 of 191 13.2.4 Neutron Flux Downscale (Rod Block)From Section 10.4 the existing Technical Specifications Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP)for this function isPower.For this calculation this will be the starting point and the resulting Analytical Limit will be calculated. From Section 12.7 the total uncertainty for this function is+/-4.630842% Power.From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for a downscale trip is: AL=NTSP-Ten For this calculation this becomes: ALos=NTSPos-Ten AFLP%Power ALos=5-4.630842%Power ALos=0.369158%Power In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (4.266158% Power)from Section 12.7.AVos=NTSPos-TenAFCAV)%Power AVos=5-4.266158%Power AVos=0.733842%Power 13.2.5 Neutron Flux High Flow Clamped-Two Loop Operation (Scram)From Section 10.4 the existing Technical Specifications Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP)for this function is sl13.5%Power.For this calculation this will be the starting point and the resulting Analytical Limit will be calculated. From Section 12.2 the total uncertainty for this function is+/-5.691278% Power.From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is: AL=NTSP+Ten For this calculation this becomes: AL HFC=NTSP HFC+Ten AF%Power AL HFC=113.5+5.691278%Power REVISION NO.I o I 2 I I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision I" qli.6 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 AL HFC=119.19128% Power I I PAGE 161 of 191 In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (4.266158% Power)from Section 12.2.AV HFC=NTSP HFC+TenAF(AV)%Power AV HFC=113.5+4.266158%Power AV HFC=117.766158% Power 13.2.6 Neutron Flux High Flow Clamped-Single Loop Operation (Scram)From Design Input 4.14, the revised Analytical Limit (AL)resulting from Power Uprate for this function is 113.8%Power.Using this and the total uncertainty for this function from Section 12.2 of+/-5.691278% Power, the resulting Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP)will be calculated. From Reference 3.34 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is: NTSP=AL-Ten For this calculation this becomes: NTSPHFCSLO =ALHFCSLO-Ten AF%Power NTSP HFCSLO=113.8%-5.6 912 78% 108.108722%, rounded to 108.1%In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (4.266158% Power)from Section 12.2.AVHFCSLO=NTSPHFCSLO +TenAF(AV)%Power AVHFCSLO=108.108722 +4.266158%Power AVHFCSLO=112.37488%Power, rounded to 112.3%Power REVISION NO.I o I 2II Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 13.3 RBM Flow Biased Trips I I PAGE 162 of 191 The RBM Flow Biased Trips have the same total uncertainty term (Ten RFB)whether in Two Recirculation Loop Operation or Single Recirculation Loop Operation. This is because there are no changes made to the method of operation of the Recirculation Flow Monitor for either Single or Two Loop Operation. Therefore, the error analysis for the RFM is the same.13.3.1 Upscale Trip-Two Loop Operation From Section 10.5 the existing Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP)for this function is +45%Power.For this calculation this will be the starting point and the resulting Analytical Limit will be calculated. From Section 12.3 the total uncertainty for this function is+/-7.422034% Power.From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is: AL=NTSP+Ten For this calculation this becomes: AL RBM2=NTSP RBM2+Ten RFB For software reasons the AL and NTSP are broken into two parts: AL RBM2=FCSRBM(SP)

w+ALRBM20S NTSP RBM2=FCSRBM(SP)
w+NTSP RBM20S Substituting and solving yields: AL RBM2=FCSRBM(SP)
w+NTSP RBM20S+Ten RFB%Power AL RBM2=0.66W+45+7.422034%Power AL RBM2=O.66W+52.422034%Power In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.661747%

Power)from Section 12.3.AV RBM2=FCSRBM(SP)

W+NTSP RBM20S+TenRFB(AV)

%Power AV RBM2=0.66W+45+5.661747%Power AV RBM2=O.66W+50.661747% Power REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 163 of 191 13.3.2 Upscale Trip-Single Loop Operation From Section 10.5 the existing Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP)for this function is sO.66W+39.7%Power.For this calculation this will be the starting point and the resulting Analytical Limit will be calculated. From Section 12.3 the total uncertainty for this function is+/-7.422034% Power.From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is: AL=NTSP+Ten For this calculation this becomes: AL RBM1=NTSP RBM1+Ten RFB For software reasons the AL and NTSP are broken into two parts: AL RBM1=FCSRBM(sP)

w+AL RBMlOS NTSP RBM1=FCSRBM(SP)
w+NTSPRBMIOS Substituting and solving yields: AL RBM1=FCSRBM(sP)
w+NTSP RBMlOS+Ten RFB%Power AL RBM1=0.66W+39.7+7.422034%Power AL RBM1=O.66W+47.122034%Power In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.661747%

Power)from Section 12.3.AV RBM1=FCSRBM(SP)

w+NTSP RBMlOS+TenRFB(AV)

%Power AV RBM1=0.66W+39.7+5.661747%Power AV RBM1=O.66W+45.361747% Power REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 13.4 RBM Downscale Trip I I PAGE 164 of 191 From Section 10.4 the existing Technical Specifications Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP)for this function isPower.For this calculation this will be the starting point and the resulting Analytical Limit will be calculated. From Section 12.4 the total uncertainty for this function is+/-5.452226% Power.From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for a downscale trip is: AL=NTSP-Ten For this calculation this becomes: AL RBMDS=NTSP RBMDS-Ten RF%Power AL RBMDS=5-5.452226%Power AL RBMDS=-0.452226% Power In a similar fashion the current Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (4.259745% Power)from Section 12.4.The starting point will be the current NTSP.AV RBMDSC=NTSP RBMDS-TenRF(AV)%Power AV RBMDSC=5-4.259745%Power AV RBMDSC=0.740255%Power Since a negative power is not possible a new calculation will be performed starting with AL equal to 0 (Section 4.14 and Reference 3.27)and determining a new NTSP.NTSP DSN=ALa+Ten RF%Power NTSP DSN=0+5.452226%Power NTSP OON=5.452226%Power In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (4.259745% Power)from Section 12.4.For ease of calibration, the new NTSP will be selected to be 5.5%, NTSP RBMDSS'and this will be the starting point.AV RBMDS=NTSP RBMDSS-TenRF(AV)%Power AV RBMDS=5.5-4.259745%Power REVISION NO.I oIII COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 165 of 191 AV RBMDS=1.240255%Power REVISION NO.I 0III Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 166 of 191 13.5 Recirculation Flow Monitor-Upscale From Section 10.3 the existing Technical Specifications Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP)for this function is Flow.For this calculation this will be the starting point and the resulting Analytical Limit (AL)will be calculated. From Section 12.5 the total uncertainty for this function is+/-7.130555% Flow.From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is: AL=NTSP+Ten For this calculation this becomes: AL RFMU=NTSP RFMU+Ten RFMU%Flow AL RFMU=108+7.130555%Flow AL RFMU=115.130555% Flow In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.690244% Flow)from Section 12.5.AV RFMU=NTSP RFMU+TenRFMuIAV) %Flow AV RFMU=108+5.690244%Flow AV RFMU=113.690244% Flow REVISION NO.I o I 1 I I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 167 of 191 13.6 Recirculation Flow Monitor-Comparator From Section 10.3 the existing Technical Specifications Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP)for this function isFlow.For this calculation this will be the starting point and the resulting Analytical Limit (AL)will be calculated. From Section 12.6 the total uncertainty for this function is+/-8.062206% Flow.From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is: AL=NTSP+Ten For this calculation this becomes: AL RFMC=NTSP RFMC+Ten RFMc%Flow AL RFMC=10+8.062206%Flow AL RFMC=18.062206% Flow Per Section 4.9 the process term has already been removed from the uncertainty terms for the comparator trip.Therefore, AV RFMC=AL RFMC=18.062206% Flow REVISION NO.I o I 1 I I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP*12*02 Revision l0 QM 7 CALCULATION NO.L-001345

14.0 CONCLUSION

S I I PAGE 168 of 191 This calculation indicates that the following Nominal Trip Setpoints and Allowable Values are acceptable except for the RBM Downscale Trip function for which a new setpoint needed to be calculated. Use of the setpoint values either validated or determined by this calculation provides a high degree of confidence that the Allowable Values will not be exceeded during normal operating conditions. 14.1 APRM Flow Biased Trips 14.1.1 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Scram)-Two Loop Operation Analytical Limit: Tech Spec AV: Tech Spec NTSP: 0.62W+70.9%Power 0.62W+69.3%Power 0.62W+63.7%Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of+/-0.04 Vdc.For example, with an 80%drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 113.3%(0.62*80+63.7).Since 113.3%on a 125%scale corresponds to 9.064 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale[10Vdc*113.3%/125%]/a setpoint of 9.020+/-0.04 Vdc is recommended for 80%drive flow.14.1.2 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Scram)Single Loop Operation Analytical Limit: Tech Spec AV: Tech Spec NTSP: 0.55W+58.33%Power 0.55W+56.8%Power 0.55W+51.5%Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at aspecific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with an tolerance of+/-0.04 Vdc.For example, with an 80%drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 95.5%(0.55*80+51.5).Since 95.5%on a 125%scale corresponds to 7.640 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale[10Vdc*95.5%/125%]/a setpoint of 7.600+/-0.04 Vdc is recommended for 80%drive flow.14.1.3 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Rod Block)Two Loop Operation Analytical Limit: Tech Spec AV: Tech Spec NTSP: 0.62W+59.47%Power 0.62W+57.9%Power 0.62W+52.3%Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of+/-0.04 Vdc.For example, with an 80%drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 101.9%(0.62*80+52.3).Since 101.9%on a 125%scale corresponds to 8.152 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale[10Vdc*10l.9%/125%]/a setpoint of 8.110+/-0.04 Vdc is recommended for 80%drive flow.REVISION NO.I o I 2 I I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12*02 ReviSion/? qttfJ CALCULATION NO.L-00134S I I PAGE 169 of 191 14.1.4 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Rod Block)Single Loop Operation Analytical Limit: O.SSW+46.9"-Power 0 Tech Spec AV: O.SSW+45.4"-Power 0 Tech Spec NTSP: O.SSW+40"-Power 0 Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of+/-0.04 Vdc.For example, with an 80%drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 84.0%(0.55*80+40.0).Since 84.0%on a 125%scale corresponds to 6.720 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale[10Vdc*84.0%/125%], a setpoint of 6.680+/-0.04 Vdc is recommended for 80%drive flow.14.2 APRM Fixed Trips 14.2.1 Neutron Flux High (Scram)Tech Spec NTSP: Tech Spec AV: Calculated AV: Calculated AL: 118%Power 120%Power 122.27%Power 123.69%Power Reference 3.27 requested that these values be evaluated against two Analytical Limits, 122.4 and 124.2%Power.As shown above this calculation will not support an AL of 122.4.It does show, however, that there is positive margin between the calculated AL and 124.2%Power.The Reload Analysis must be changed to justify the use of a new AL of 124.2%Power.14.2.2 Neutron Flux High-Setdown (Scram)Tech Spec NTSP: Tech Spec AV: Calculated AV: Calculated AL: 15%Power 20%Power 19.27%Power 19.63%Power REVISION NO.I o I 2II CALCULATION NO.L-001345 Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY f-----------------------,...----------,------------, I IPAGE 170 of 191 AL: (from Ref.3.27)Calculated NTSP: (from Ref.3.27 AL)Calculated AV: (from Ref.3.27 AL)25%-Power 20.37%-Power 24.64%Power This calculation shows that an AL as low as approximately 20.5Power would support the existing Tech Spec NTSP and AV.However, using an AL of 25%-Power gives a positive margin of more than 4%-Power between the existing AV and the AV calculated from an AL of 25%Power.14.2.3 Neutron Flux High-Setdown (Rod Block)Tech Spec NTSP: Tech Spec AV: Calculated AV: Calculated AL: AL: (from Ref.3.27)Calculated NTSP: (from Ref.3.27 AL)Calculated AV: (from Ref.3.27 AL)12%-Power 14%-Power 16.27%-Power 16.63%-Power 19%-Power 14.37%-Power 18.64%Power This calculation shows that the existing Tech Spec NTSP and AV are supported by an AL of 16.63%Power.Therefore, there is greater than 2%-Power positive margin between the calculated AL and that proposed in Reference 3.27.14.2.4 Neutron Flux Downscale (Rod Block)Tech Spec NTSP: 5%-Power Tech Spec AV: 3%-Power Calculated AV: 0.73%-Power Calculated AL: 0.37%-Power Reference 3.27 proposed an AL of 0%Power for this function.REVISION NO.I oIII COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02 qli.6 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 171 of 191 This calculation shows that there is a 0.37%Power positive margin between the this and the calculated AL.14.2.5 Neutron Flux High Flow Clamped-Two Loop Operation (Scram)Tech Spec NTSP: Tech Spec AV: Calculated AV: Calculated AL: 113.5%Power 115.5%Power 117.77%Power 119.19%Power Reference 3.27 requests that these results be evaluated against ALs of 115.5%Power and 119.5%Power.As shown above this calculation will not support an AL of 115.5.However, there is a positive margin of about 0.3%Power between the calculated AL and the 119.5%Power value proposed by Reference 3.27.The Reload Analysis must be changed to justify the use of a new AL of 119.5%Power.14.2.6 Neutron Flux High Flow Clamped-Single Loop Operation (Scram)Analytical Limit: Tech Spec NTSP: Tech Spec AV: 113.8%108.1%112.3%The calibration setpoint should be at least 0.04 Vdc below the Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of+/-0.04 Vdc.Since 108.1%on a 125%scale corresponds with 8.648 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale,[10Vdc*108.1%/125%],a setpoint of 8.600+/-0.04 Vdc is recommended. 14.3 RBM Flow Biased Trips 14.3.1 Upscale Trip-Two Loop Operation Tech Spec NTSP: Tech Spec AV: Calculated AV: Calculated AL: 0.66W+45%Power 0.66W+48%Power 0.66W+50.66%Power 0.66W+52.42%Power This shows a positive margin of over 2.5%Power between the calculated AV and Tech Spec AV for the current NTSP, and a positive margin of over 1.5%Power between the calculated AL and the calculated AV.From Reference 3.27, current LaSalle transient analyses do not take credit for this AL.Therefore, this calculated AL is considered acceptable. 14.3.2 Upscale Trip-Single Loop Operation Tech Spec NTSP: Tech Spec AV: Calculated AV: 0.66W+39.7%Power 0.66W+42.7%Power 0.66W+45.36%Power REVISION NO.I o I 2 I I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 172 of 191 Calculated AL: 0.66W+47.12%Power This shows a positive margin of over 2.5%Power between the calculated AV and Tech Spec AV for the current NTSP, and a positive margin of over 1.5%Power between the calculated AL and the calculated AV.From Reference 3.27, current LaSalle transient analyses do not take credit for this AL.Therefore, this calculated AL is considered acceptable. 14.4 RBM Downscale Trip Tech Spec NTSP: Tech Spec AV: Calculated AL: AL: (from Ref.3.27)Calculated NTSP: (from Ref.3.27 AL)Selected NTSP: (from Section 13.4)5%Power 3%Power-0.452226%Power o%Power 5.45%Power 5.50%Power Calculated AV: 1.24%Power (from Ref.3.27 AL and selected setpoint)The present procedural setpoint for this function is 0.404 Vdc which is equivalent to 5.05%Power.Therefore, this should be changed to at least 5.5%Power in order to be compatible with the uncertainties evaluated in this calculation (Section 13.4).14.5 Recirculation Flow Monitor-Upscale Tech Spec NTSP: 108%Flow Tech Spec AV: 111%Flow Calculated AV: 113.69%Flow Calculated AL: 115.13%Flow Reference 3.27 requested that these values be evaluated against an AL of 116%Flow.As the calculation shows there is a positive margin of about 0.87%Flow between the calculated AL and that of Reference 3.27.REVISION NO.I o I 1 I I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 173 of 191 14.6 Recirculation Flow Monitor-Comparator Tech Spec NTSP: 10%Flow Tech Spec AV: 11%Flow Calculated AV: 18.06%Flow Calculated AL: 18.06%Flow Reference 3.27 requested that these values be evaluated against an AL of 19%Flow.This calculation indicates that there is positive margin between the calculated AL and the value from Reference 3.27.14.7 From References 3.5.s and 3.5.t, the required accuracy for the pneumatic calibrator is specified as+/-2.0" W.C.For the normal temperatures involved in the Reactor Building, i.e., up to 118 of, the calculated accuracy of the Wallace and Tiernan pneumatic calibrator exceeds this value (Section 9.2).Therefore, the calibration procedures should be revised to indicate the increased uncertainty or to limit the ambient temperature allowed during calibration. 14.8 In accordance with Design Input 10.3, the recirculation flow monitor upscale trip setpoint calibration tolerance shall not exceed+/-0.1 Vdc and the recirculation flow monitor comparator trip setpoint calibration tolerance shall not exceed+/-0.08 Vdc.REVISION NO.I o I 1 I I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 174 of 191 15.0 CALCULATION SPREADSHEET Symbol Formula or Input Value Value Units RA FE 1 1%es eSFT(MIN)247.4 247.4"we esFT(MAX)448.7 448.7"we eS FT eSFT(MIN)247.4"we UR FT 750 750"we URFT(cs)URFT/eS FT 3.031528 es RA1 0.25 0.25%es eALTEMP FT 60 60 of MAXTEMP FT 118 118 of e1T (0.5*UR FT (cs)+0.5)*(MAXTEMP FT-1.169143£.es°eALTEMP FT)/100 RA1 (10)RA1/2 0.125%es RD FT 0.2 0.2%URI 30 mo.RD1 URFT(CS)*RD FT 0.606306£.es 0 RD1 (10)RD1/2 0.303153£.es 0 PSE FT 0.005 0.005%es/v AV FT 0.5 Vdc 0.5 Vdc SPZE FT 0.25 0.25%UR/200 0 PSI SPZEpT(lCT)(SPZE pT/2)*(STAPR FT/2 000)*(UR pT/CS PT)0.194207%CS STAPR pT 1025 1025 PSI SPSE pT 0.25 0.25%CS/100 0 PSI SPSEpT(lCT) SPSE FT/2 0.125 9-es 0 SE FT 0.25 0.25%UR REVISION NO.I 0 III COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 175 of 191 SE FT ICS)UR FT (CS)*SE FT 0.757882%CS CS FT lOUT)16 16 mVdc RAMTE1 FT 2.149835 2.149835" we REMTE1 FT 0 0" WC RAMTE2 FT 0.034961 0.034961 mVdc REMTE2 FT 0 0 mVdc MTE1 FT ((RAMTE1 FT/1)2+REMTE1 FT 2)O.5 2.149835" we MTE1 FTICS)(MTE1 FT/eS FT)*100 0.868971%CS MTE2 FT ((RAMTE2 FT/1)2+REMTE2FT2) 0.5 0.034961 mVdc MTE2 FT (cs)(MTE2 FT/CS FT (OUT))*100 0.218506es 0 eAL1 FT (MTE1 FT (CS)2+MTE2 FT (CS)2)0.5 0.896022%es STFT(IN)0.5 0.5" we STFTIIN)(CS)(STFT(IN)/es FT)*100 0.202102%es ST FT(OUT)0.08 0.08 mVdc ST FT (OUT)(CS)(ST FT (OUT,ICS FT (OUT))*100 0.500000%es ST1 (10)[(ST FT (IN)(Cs)/3)2 +(STFT(OUT)(cs)/3)2]0.5 0.179767%es oinput1 2.5 2.5es 0 oinput1 c 0 0%es 01[(RA1(10))2 +(RD1(10))2+(CAL1 FT)2+2.691847%CS (ST1(10))2 +(SPSE FT (10))2+(SPZE FT (1o))2+(oinput1)2]0.5 ol c[(RA1 110))2+(RD1(10))2 +(eAL1 FT)2+0.998018%CS (ST1(10))2 +(SPSEFTIlO)) 2+(SPZE FTIlo))2+(oinput1 c)2]0.5 e1H 0 0%CS e1R 0 0%CS e1S 0 0%CS e1SP 0 0%CS e1P 0 0%CS REVISION NO.I 0 I I I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 176 of 191 e1p e1V einput1 L:e1 o o e1H+e1T+e1R+e1S+e1SP+e1P+e1p+e1V+einput1 o 0.002500 o 1.171643%CS%CS%CS%CS RA2 0 RA2 (la)RA2/2 RD2 0 RD2 (la)RD2/2 RAMTE1 sR 0.017205 REMTE1 SR 0 RAMTE2 sR 0.001803 REMTE2 SR 0 MTE1 SR ((RAMTE1 sR/1)2+REMTE1 s/)0.5 MTE1 SR (CS)(MTE1 sR (oUT)/CSSR(OUT))

100 CSSR(OUT)10 MTE1 SR (OUT)(3.125*MTE1 sR)/OP SR MTE2 sR (CS)(MTE2 sR/CS SR (OUT))*100 CAL2 SR ((MTE1 sR (cs))2+(MTE2 sR (cs))2)0.5 STSR(IN)0.05 ST SRWUT)0.025 STSR(IN)(OUT)(3.125*ST sR (IN))/OP SR STSR(IN)(CS)(STSR(IN)(OUT)/CSSR(OUT))
100 STSR(OUT)(CS)(STSR(OUT)

/CSSR(OUT))

100 ST2 (la)((STSR(IN)(CS)/3)2+(STSR(OUT)(CS)/3)2)0.5 a1 MV (a1/100)*CSPT(OUT) a1 MVC (a1 c/100)*CSFT(OUT) o o o o 0.017205 o 0.001803 o 0.017205 0.089610 10 6 0.008961 0.001803 0.018030 0.091406 0.05 0.025 0.026042 0.260420 0.250000 0.120332 0.430696 0.159683%CS%CS%CS%CS mVdc mVdc Vdc Vdc mVdc%CS vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc%CS%CS mVdc Vdc Vdc%CS%CS%CS mVdc mVdc REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-D2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I 1 PAGE 177 of 191 ainput2 v (3.125*a1 MV)/OP SR ainput2 vc (3.125*a1 MVc)/OP SR ainput2 (ainput2 v/CS SR (OUT))*100 ainput2 c (ainput2 vc/CS SR (OUT))*100 02[(RA2(1<7))2

+(RD2(1<7))2 +(CAL2)2+(ST2 (1<7))2+(ainput2)2]0.5 02 c[(RA2(lo})2 +(RD2(lo))2 +(CAL2 sR)2+(ST2(lO))2+(oinput2 c)2]0.5 L:e1 MV (L:e1/100)

CSPT(OUT) einput2 v (3*125*L:e1 MV)/OP SR einput2 (einput2 v/CS SR (OUT})*100 L:e2 einput2 RA3 2 RA3(lO)RA3/2 RD3 1.25 RD3(lO)RD3/2 0.001803 REMTE1 sUM 0 MTE1 SUM (CS)(MTE1 sUM/CS sR (OUT))*100 MTE2 SUM (CS)MTE1 SUM (CS)CAL 3 SUM[(MTE1 sUM (cS))2+(MTE2 sUM (cs))2]0.5 STSUM(IN)0.01 STSUM(OUT) 0.01 CS SUMWUT)10 STSUM(IN)(CS)(STSUM(IN)

/CSSUM(OUT))

100 STSUM(OUT)(CS (STSUM(OUT)

/CSSUM(OUT))

100)0.224321 0.083168 2.243210 0.831680 2.248294 0.845297 0.187463 0.097637 0.976370 0.976370 2 1 1.25 0.625 0.001803 o 0.001803 0.018030 0.018030 0.025498 0.01 0.01 10 0.100000 0.100000 0.047140 Vdc Vdc%CS%CS%CS%CS mVdc Vdc%CS%CS%CS%CS%CS%CS Vdc Vdc Vdc%CS%CS%CS Vdc Vdc Vdc%CS%CS%CS REVISION NO.I o I I I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 178 of 191 VSUM(IN)7.66 7.66 Vdc VSUM(OUT)8 8 Vdc G SUM V SUM (OUT)/V SUM CIN)1.044386 v/v a2 3 a2*(GsUM/2)1.174043CS a2 3C a2 c*(G sUM/2)0.441408CS ainput3[(a2 3)2+(a2 3)2]0.S 1.660348CS ainput3 c[(a2 3C)2+(a2 3C)2]0.5 0.624245CS 03 (125/100)*[(RA3(lo))2

+(RD3(1o))2+(CAL3)2+2.546521Flow (ST3(lo))2+(oinput3)2]0.5 03 c (125/100)*[(RA3(lo))2 +(RD3(lO))2+(CAL3 suM)2+1.669197Flow (ST3 C10))2+(oinput3 c)2]0.5 einput3 Ee2 3+Ee2 3 1.019708CS Ee2 3 Ee2*(G sUM/2)0.509854CS Ee3 (125/100)*(einput3)1.274635Flow RA3A 1 1 9.-CS 0 RA3A(lo)+/-ROUND[(RA3A/2)*(125/100) ,6]0.625Flow RD3A 1 1CS RD3AT RD4CT 700 HRS RD3ATSI 13 13 Weeks RD3A(lo)(RD3A/2)*(125/100)*[(1.25*RD3ATSI*168)/RD3AT 1.234276Flow]0.5 RAMTE1 3A RAMTE1 sUM 0.001803 Vdc REMTE1 3A REMTE1 suM 0 Vdc MTE1 3A[(RAMTE1 3A/1)2+REMTE13A2] 0.5 0.001803 Vdc SPAN SUM 10 10 Vdc MTE1 3A (PF)(MTE1 3A/SPAN sUM)*125 0.022538Flow CAL3A MTE13ACPF) 0.022538*Flow ST3AA 0.1 0.1 Vdc ST3AA(lo)[ 0.416667*Flow ST3AB 0.08 0.08 Vdc ST3AB(lo)[ 0.333333*Flow REVISION NO.I 0 I 1 I I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5*CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 179 of 191 oinput3A 03 2.546521 9-Flow 0 ainput3A A 03c 1.669197%Flow v ainput3B (03/+03c 2)0.5 2.360601%Flow a3A[(RA3A(lO))2+(RD3A(lo)2 +(CAL3A)2+2.927960%Flow (ST3AA(lo))2+(oinput3A) 2]0.5 a3B[(RA3A 11o))2+(RD3A(lo))2+(CAL3A)2+2.756468 g...Flow 0 (ST3AB 11o)2+(ainput3B) 2]0.5 a3A AV[(RA3A(lo))2+(RD3A(lo))2+(CAL3A)2+2.207804%Flow (ST3AA 11o)2+(ainput3A AV)2]0.5 einput3A L:e3 1.274635!!-Flow 0 einput3B L:e3+L:e3 2.54927 g...Flow 0 L:e3A einput3A 1.274635%Flow L:e3B einput3B 2.54927!!-Flow 0*RA4A 1 1%Power RA4A(lo)RA4A/2 0.5%Power RD4A 1 1!!-Power 0 RD4AT 700 700 HRS RD4ATSI 700 700 HRS RD4A(lO)(RD4A/2)(1250/700)°*5 0.5%Power RV4ACURS 10 10 Vdc RA4A DMM 0.005 0.005 Vdc RAMTE1 4A1D (RA4A DMM/RV4ACURS)

100 0.05%CS MM)RAMTE2 4A (D RAMTE1 4A (DMM)0.05 9-CS 0 MM)RAMTE1 4A1c 1 1%CS URS)MTE1 4A[(RAMTE1 4A (DMM)/1)2+(RAMTE14A(cu:rS)

/2)2+0.502494%CS (REMTE14AIDMM) 2+(REMTE14AICURS) ]0.5 REMTE1 4A (D 0 0!!-CS 0*MM), REVISION NO.I 0 I 1II Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 REMTE1 4A (c 0 URS)REMTE2 4A (D 0 MM)I o o I PAGE 180 of 191%CS%CS MTE2 4A (RAMTE2 4A (DMM))2+(REMTE2 4A (DMM))2 ST4A DMM RAMTE1 4A (DMM)ST4Aam.s RAMTE1 4A (CURS)ST4A(lO){[(ST4A DMM)*(2/3)]2+(ST4Ac uRs/3)2+[(ST4A DMM)*(2 1 3)]2}a.5 SSL B 0.33 SNL B 0.49 SSL R 0.20 PEA 4A (B)SSL B+SNL B LPR ROUND(15/100,6) PEA 4A (LPB)SSL B PEA 4A (LPR)PEA 4A (R)ainput4A PEA 4A (R)ainput4A L PEA 4A (LPR)P ainput4A A 0 v einput4A PEA 4A (B)einput4A L PEA 4A (LPB)P einput4A A 0 v 0.05 0.504975 0.05 1 0.336650 0.33 0.49 0.2 1 0.82 0.15 0.33 1.019804 1.019804 1.019804 1.019804 o 0.82 0.33 0.000000%CS%CS%CS%CS%CS%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power g,./g,.o 0%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power a4A a4A pp L:e4A[(CAL4A)2+(ST4A(111)) 2]0.5 o 0.606904 0.707107 o%CS%Power%CS REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 RA4B 0.8 RD4B 0.5 RA4B(10)RA4B/2 I 0.8 0.5 0.4 I PAGE 181 of 191%CS%CS%CS RD4B (10)RD4B/2 G APRM 2.5 RAMTE1 4B 0 REMTE1 4B 0 RAMTE2 4B 0 REMTE2 4B 0 MTE2 4B[(RAMTE2 4B/2)2+REMTE24B2] 0.5 ST4B 0.02 ST4B\ST4B*100 ST4B (10)ST4B%*(100/125)/3 TRAC 1.11 NN 2.0 PMA (TRAC 2+NN 2)0.5 PMA 1<1 PMA/2 PMA FB TRAC N 14 ainput4B c (a4A*G APRM)/N°'s s ainput4B p[(ainput4A) 2+(a4A pp)2]o.s/N 0*S p ainput4B p[(ainput4A LP)2+(a4A pp)2]o.s/N0'S P(LP)0.25 2.5 o o o o o o o 0.02 2 0.533333 1.11 2 2.287378 1.143689 1.11 0.555 o o 14 0.405505 0.331663 0.331663%CS (None)%CS%CS%CS%CS%CS%CS%CS (None)%Power%CS%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power LPRM%CS%Power%Power REVISION NO.I oIII Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 182 of 191 ainput4B A[(ainput4A AV)2+(a4A pp)2]0.5/NO.5 V 0.188982%Power 04BI 04BI pp 04B[(RA4B(10))2 +(RD4B(l0))2 +(CAL4B)2+(8T4B 110))2+(ainput4B cs)2]0.5 a4BI*(125/100) [(a4Bl pp)2+(ainput4B pp)2+(PMA pB (1<1))2]O.S 0.819377 1.024221 1.570686 1.211220%CS%Power%Power%Power a4B LP[(a4Bl pp)2+(ainput4BpPILP))2 +(PMA LP)2]O.S einput4B c s einput4B p einput4A p einput4B p einput4A LP PILP)einput4B A v 6e4B Cs einput4B cs 1.076582 1.041510 o 0.82 0.33 o o%Power%Power%CS%Power%Power%Power%CS 6e4B + + + 0.82 0.33 o%Power%Power%Power RA4C RA4C(10)RD4C RD4CT RD4CTSI RD4C(10)REMTE1 4c MTE1 4C (pp)1 1 (RA4C/2)*(125/100) 0.625 1 1 700 700 26 26 (RD4C/2)*(125/100)*[(1.25*RD4CTSI*168 1.745530)/RD4CT]0.5 0.000180 0.000180 o 0[(RAMTE1 4c/1)2+REMTE1 4c 2]0.s 0.000180 (MTE14c/SPAN4CIN)

125 0.002250%CS%Power%CS HRS weeks%Power Vdc Vdc Vdc%Power REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 183 of 191 SPAN4CIN 10 10 CAL4C MTE1 4c (pp)0.002250 ST4C0.040.04 ST4C(lO)[(ST4C/SPAN4CIN)
125]/3 0.166667 oinput4C 04B 1.570686 oinput4C L 04B LP 1.076582 P oinput4C A1.041510 v a4C[(RA4C(1<1))2

+(RD4C(1<1))2 +(CAL4C)2+2.435639 (ST4C(1<1)) 2+(ainput4C) 2]0.5 a4C LP[(RA4C(1<1))2 +(RD4C(1<1))2 +(CAL4C)2+2.150421 (ST4C (1<1))2+(ainput4C LP)2]0.5 a4C AV[(RA4C(1<1))2 +(RD4C(1<1))2 +(CAL4C)2+2.133079 (ST4C(1<1)) 2+(ainput4C AV)2]0.5 einput4C l::e4B0.82 einput4C L 0.33 P einput4C A 0 v l::e4C einput4C 0.82 l::e4C LP einput4C LP 0.33 0 RA4D 1 1 RA4D 1<1 (RA4D/2)*(125/100) 0.625 RD4D 1 1 RD4DT 700 700 RD4DTSI 26 26 RD4D(lO)(RD4D/2)*(125/100)*[(1.25*RD4DTSI*168 1.745530)/RD4DT]0.5 RAMTE1 4D RAMTE1 4c 0.000180 REMTE1 4D 0 0 Vdc%Power Vdc%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%CS%Power%CS HRS Weeks%Power Vdc Vdc REVISION NO.I o I I I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision I", CjIJJ CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I 1 PAGE 184 of 191 MTE1 4D (RAMTEI 4D/1 2+REMTEI4D2) 0.5 0.000180 Vdc MTEI 4D (pp)(MTEI 4D/SPAN4CIN)

125 0.002250%Power CAL4D MTEI 4D (pp)0.002250%Power ST4D 0.04 0.04 Vdc ST4D(lO)[(ST4D/SPAN4CIN)*125]/3 0.166667%Power FCS SPTLO 0.62 0.62Pow/0%Flow FCS FCS sp+[(0.04+0.04)/0.08]/80 0.632500%Pow/%Flow oinput4D[04B F8 2+(FCS*03)2]0.5 2.015273Power 0 oinput4D AV[a4B AV 2+(FCS*a3 c)2]0.5 1.483033Power 0 a4D[(RA4D(la))

2+(RD4D(la))2+(CAL4D)2+2.743466Power 0 (ST4D(laJ)2 +(ainput4D) 2]0.5 a4D AV[(RA4D(la)) 2+(RD4D(laJ)2+(CAL4D)2+2.380057Power 0 (ST4D(laJ) 2+(ainput4D AV)2]0.5 einput4D L:e4B+(FCS*L:e3) 1.626207Power 0 einput4D AV L:e4B Av+(FCS*L:e3) 0.806207%Power L:e4D einput4D 1.626207Power 0 L:e4D Av einput4D AV 0.806207%Power RA5A 0.8 0.8%CS RA5A NULL 1 1%Point RA5A 11o){(RA5A/2)2+0.565685%CS[(100/125)*(RA5A NULL/2)]2}0.5 RD5A 0.3 0.3CS 0 RD5A 11o)RD5A/2 0.15%CS RAMTEl sA 0.000180 0.000180 Vdc REMTEl sA 0 0 Vdc MTEl sA[(RAMTEl sA/l)2+REMTE 1 2]O.5 0.000180 Vdc SA SPAN RBM 10 10 Vdc REVISION NO.I 0 I 2 I I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-00134S I I PAGE 185 of 191 CAL5A (MTE1 5A/SPAN RBM)*100 I STSA 0.025 ST5A(lo)[(ST5A/SPAN RBM)*100]/3 PMA RBM 1.11 PMARBMIAV) 0 s 0.001800 0.025 0.083333 1.11 0.555 o 2 2.5 1.072865%CS Vdc%CS%Power%Power%Power LPRM (None)%CS ainputSA p p ainputSA A v ainputSA.c s(PP)ainputSA ainputSA AAV aSAI aSAI pp aSA einputSA.c s[(ainput4A) 2+(a4A pp)2]0.5/(N RBM)0.5 ainputSA.cs (125/100)[(ainputSA pp)2+(ainputSA.cS(PP)) 2]0.5[(ainputSA AV)2+(ainputSA.cS(PP)) 2]0.5[(RASA(1<T))2 +(RDSA(111))2 +(CALSA)2+(STSA)2]0.5 (111)aSAI*(12S/100) [(a5AI pp)2+(ainput5A)2 +(PMA RBM (ll1))2]0.5 0.877497 0.500000 1.341081 1.602653 1.431258 0.591141 0.738926 1.850009 1.610749 o%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%CS%Power%Power%Power%CS einputSA p einput4A p einputSA A v einputSA.cs 0.82 o o%Power%Power%CS (125/100)+einputSA pp 0.82%Power REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-00134S I I PAGE 186 of 191 RA5B RA5B(10)RDSB RDSBTSI RDSBT R05B (10)RAMTE1 SB REMTE1 SB MTE1 SB MTE1 SB (pp)CALSB STSB ST5B(10)ainputSB oinput5B A v aSB einputSB einputSB A v RA5C RA5C(10)RDSC + RA4C (RASB/2)*(12S/100) RD4C 13 RD4CT (RDSB/2)*(12S/100)*[(l.2S*RDSBTSI*168 )/RDSBT]0.5 REMTE1 4C (MTE1 sB/SPAN4CIN)

12S MTE1 sB (pp)0.04 (ST5B/SPAN4CIN)
125]/3 aSA[(RASB (la))2+(RDSB (la))2+(CALSB)2+(STSB (la))2+(ainputSB) 2]0.5[(RASB(la))

2+(RDSB(la)) 2+(CALSB)2+(STSB(la)) 2+(ainputSB AV)2]0.5 einputSB einputSB AV RA4D (RA5C/2)*(125/100) RD4D o 1 0.62S 1 13 700 1.234276 0.000180 o 0.000180 0.0022S0 0.0022S0 0.04 0.166667 1.8S0009 1.610749 2.316113 2.129873 0.82 o 0.82 o 1 0.62S 1%Power%CS%Power%CS Weeks HRS%Power Vdc Vdc Vdc%Power%Power Vdc%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%Power%CS%Power%CS REVISION NO.I oIII COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 1 (p...1#)CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 187 of 191 RD5CT RD4DT 700 HRS RD5CTSI RD5BTSI 13 Weeks ROSC!lO)(ROSC/2)*(12S/100)*[(1.2S*ROSCTSI*1 1.234276%Power 68)/ROSCT]0.5 RAMTE1 sc 0.00018 0.000180 Vdc REMTE1 sc 0 0 Vdc MTE1 sc (RAMTE1 sc/1)2+REMTE1sc2] o.s 0.000180 Vdc MTE1 sc (ppJ (MTE1 sc/SPAN4CIN)

125 0.002250 9,-Power 0 CAL5C MTE1 sc (pp)0.002250%Power ST5C 0.04 0.04 Vdc STSC(lOi[(STSC/SPAN4CIN)*12S]/3 0.166667 9,-Power 0 FCSRBM!sPJ 0.66 0.66%Pow/9,-Flow 0 FCS RBM FCSRBMISP)

+[(0.04+0.03)/0.08]/100 0.668750%Pow/%Flow oinputSC AV[a5A AV 2+(FCS RBM*a3 c)2]o.s 1.959740%Power oinputSC[oSA 2+(FCS RBM*03)2]0.5 2.514497%Power a5C (RA5C Clo))2+(RD5C 11oJ)2+(CAL5C)2+2.874811 9,-Power 0 (ST5C(lO))2 +(ainput5C) 2]o.s a5C AV[(RA5C CloJ)2+(RD5C Clo))2+(CAL5C)2+2.404668%Power (ST5C(lO))2+(ainput5C Av)2]o.s einput5C L:e5A+(FCS RBM*L:e3)1.672412%Power einput5C AV L:e5A Av+(FCS RBM*L:e3)0.852412 9,-Power 0 L:e5C einput5C 1.672412 9,-Power 0 L:e5C Av einput5C AV 0.852412%Power Ten AfB 2040+L:e40 7.113139%Power TenAFBIAV) 2a40 AV+L:e4D AV 5.566321%Power Ten AF 2a4C+L:e4C 5.691278 9,-Power 0 TenAF(AV)2a4C AV+Ze4C AV 4.266158%Power REVISION NO.I 0 I 2 I I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision i G, 9j/)CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 188 of 191 Ten AFLP 204C LP+2:e4C LP 4.630842 5l-Power 0 Ten AFLP (AV)TenAF(AV)4.266158 5l-Power 0 Ten RFB 205C+2:e5C 7.422034%Power TenRFB(AV) 205C AV+2:e5C Av 5.661747 5l-Power 0 Ten RF 205B+2:e5B 5.452226 5l-Power 0 TenRF(AV)205B AV+2:e5B AV 4.259745%Power Ten RFMU 203A+2:e3A 7.130555 5l-Flow 0 TenRFMU(AV) 203A AV+2:e3A 5.690244%Flow Ten RFMC 203B+2:e3B 8.062206%Flow TenRFMC(AV) Ten RFMC 8.062206 5l-Flow 0 ALsTP20S 70.9 70.9%Power NTSPsTP20s ALSTP20S-Ten AFB 63.786861 63.7 AV STP2 NTSPsTP20s +TenAFB(AV) 69.353182 69.3 ALsTPlOS 58.33 58.33%Power NTSPsTPlOS ALsTPIOS-Ten AFE 51.507506 51.5 AV STP1 NTSPsTPlOs +TenAFB(AV) 56.885648 56.8 ALSTP2RBOS 59.47 59.47%Power NTSP STP2RBOS ALSTP2RBOS -Ten AFB 52.36 52.3 AVSTP2RB NTSP STP2RBOS+TenAFB(AV) 57.923182 57.9 ALSTPIRBOS 46.9 46.90%Power NTSP STPIRBOS ALSTPIRBOS -Ten AFB 40.077506 40.0 AVSTPIRB NTSP STPIRBOS+TenAFB(AV) 45.4556 45.4 NTSP FS 118 118%Power AL FS NTSPFS+Ten AF 123.69127%Power 8 AV FS NTSP FS+TenAF(AV)122.26615%Power 8 NTSP FSS 15 15%Power REVISION NO.I 0 I 2 I I Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 NTSP pSS+Ten AFLP I I PAGE 189 of 191 19.630842%Power AV pSS NTSP pSSN AV PSSN NTSP RBS NTSP RBSN AV RBSN NTSP DS NTSP HFC NTSPRBM20S NTSP RBMlOS NTSP RBMDS NTSP DSN NTSP pSS+TenAF(AV)25 NTSP pSSN+Ten AFAV 12 NTSP RBS+Ten AFLP NTSP RBS+TenAF(AV)19 NTSP RBSN+Ten AFAV 5 NTSP DS-Ten AFLP NTSP DS-Ten AF (AV)113.5 NTSP HPC+Ten AF (AV)45 NTSPRBM20S +Ten RPB NTSP RBM20S+Ten RPB (AV)39.7 NTSP RBMlOS+Ten RFB NTSP RBMlOS+Ten RPB (AV)5 NTSP RBMDS-Ten RP o 19.266158%Power 25%Power 20.369158%Power 24.635316%Power 12%Power 16.630842%Power 16.266158%Power 19%Power 14.369158%Power 18.635316%Power 5%Power 0.369158%Power 0.733842%Power 113.5%Power 119.19127%Power 8 117.76615%Power 8 45%Power 52.422034%Power 50.661747%Power 39.7%Power 47.122034%Power 45.361747%Power 5%Power-0.452226%Power o%Power 5.452226%Power REVISION NO.I oII I Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 190 of 191 AVRBMDS AV RFMU NTSP RFMC AL RFMC RA6 RD6 CAL6 ST6 (10)oinput6 oinput6 c 06 e6T einput6 l:e6 RA6A RD6A RD6A(10)CAL6A ST6AA(10)ST6AB(10)NTSPRBMDSS -TenRF(AV)108 NTSP RFMU+TenRFMU(AV) 10 NTS P RFMC+Ten RFMC 1 RA6/2 0.5 RD6/2 CAL3 sUM ST3 (10)oinput3 oinput3 c (125/100)*[(RA6(10))2 +(RD6(10))2 +(CAL6)2+(ST6(10))2 +(oinput6)2]0.S (125/100)*[(RA6(10))2 +(RD6(10))2 +(CAL6)2+(3T6(10))2+(oinput6 c)2]0.5 0.5 einput3 (125/100)*(e6T +einput6)1 (RA6A/2)*(125/100)o (RD6A/2)*(125/100)CAL3A ST3AA(10)ST3AB(10)1.240255%Power 108%Flow 115.13055%Flow 5 113.69024%Flow 4 10%Flow 18.062206%Flow 18.062206%Flow 1%CS 0.5%CS 0.5%CS 0.25%CS 0.025498%CS 0.047140%CS 1.660348%CS 0.624245%CS 2.190936%Flow 1.049594%Flow 0.5%CS 1.019708%CS 1.899635%Flow 1%CS 0.625%Flow o%CS o%Flow 0.022538%Flow 0.416667%Flow 0.333333%Flow REVISION NO.I o I 1 I I COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY Exhibit E NEP-12-02.ReViSiOnl 6 C/,.,f">CALCULATION NO.L-001345 I I PAGE 191 of 191 oinput6A 06 2.190936%Flow oinput6B (06 c 2+06C2)0.5 1.484350%Flow 06A[(RA6A 11o))2+(RD6A 110))2+(CAL6A)2+2.316235%Flow (ST6A 11o))2+(oinput6A) 2]0.5 a6B[(RA6A 11al)2+(RD6A 11a))2+(CAL6A)2+1.644852%Flow (ST6A 11al)2+(ainput6B) 2]0.5 einput6A Ze6 1.899635%Flow einput6B Ze6+Ze6 3.799270%Flow Ze6A einput6A 1.899635%Flow Ze6B einput6B 3.799270%Flow AV RBMDSC NTSP RBMDS-TenRFIAV)0.740255%Power NTSPRBMDSS 5.5 5.500000%Power FCS spsLO 0.55 0.55%Pwr/%Flo FCS sLo FCSsPsLo+[(0.04+0.04)/0.08]/80 0.562500%Pwr/%Flo oinput 4 OSLO[04B FB 2+(FCS SLO*03)2]0.5 1.875867%Power oinput4D AVSLO[a4B AV 2+(FCS sLO*a3 c)2]0.5 1.402255%Power a4D sLO[(RA4D 11a))2+(RD4D 11a))2+(CAL4D)2+2.642756%Power (ST4D 11a))2+(ainput4D sLO)2]0.5 a4D AVSLO[(RA4D 11a))2+(RD4D 11a))2+(CAL4D)2+2.330580%Power (ST4D 11a))2+(ainput4D AVSLO)2]0.5 einput4D sLO Ze4B+(FCS*Ze3)1.536982%Power einput4D AVSLO Ze4B AV+(FCS*Ze3)o.716982%Power Ze4D sLO einput4D sLO 1.536982%Power Ze4DAVSLO einput4D AVSLO 0.716982%Power Ten AFBSLO 204D sLO+Ze4D sLO 6.822494%Power TenAFBAVSLO 2a4D AVSLO+Ze4D AVSLO 5.378142%Power ALHFCSLO 113.8 113.8%Power NTSPHFCSLO -Ten AF 108.108722 108.1 AVHFCSLO NTSPHFCSLO +TenAFIAV)112.374880 112.3 FINAL REVISION NO.I 0 I 2 I 1 CC-AA-309-ATTACHMENT 1-Design Analysis Approval Page 1 of2 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO.: L-001345 PAGE NO.1 of 9 Major REV Number: 2 Minor Rev Number: A[]BRAIDWOOD STATION DESCRIPTION []BYRON STATION CODE:(C018) 104[]CLINTON STATION[]DRESDEN STATION DISCIPLINE CODE: 1[X]LASALLE CO.STATION (C011)[]QUAD CITIES STATION SYSTEM CODE: (COlI)Unit:[]0[X]l[X]2[]3 C51 TITLE: Average Power Range Monitor (APRM), Rod Block Monitor (RBM)and Recirculation Flow Monitor (RFM)Bistable Loop Accuracy for Rod Block and Scram Functions[Xl Safety Related[J Augmented Quality[J Non-Safety Related ATTRIBUTES (COI6)TYPE VALUE TYPE VALUE Elevation N/A Software N/A COMPONENT EPN: (COI4 Panel)DOCUMENT NUMBERS: (COI2 Panel)(Design Analyses References) EPN TYPE Type/Sub Document Number Input (YIN)-See Calculation CALCIENG L-001345 Revision 2 Yes Section 1//I I I I REMARKS:.- CC-AA-309-ATTACHMENT 1-Design Analysis Approval Page 2 of2 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REV: 2A PAGE NO.2 of 9 Revision Summary (including EC's incorporated): This revision will incorporate a new limit for the RBM flow biased setpoint.Sections 3.5, 3.7, 3.15, 3.34, 3.35, 4.14, 10.5, 12.3, 12.4,13.3, 14.3 and 15.0 have been changed.Electronic Calculation Data Files: (Program Name, Version, File Name extensionlsize/datelhour/min) --_....:/[X]Yes[]N/A, Per EC#:_332360/61 __]Alternate N/A Design impact review completed?(If yes, attach impact review sheet)Prepared by:_R.Fredricksen Print Reviewed by:_W.C.Kirchhoff---:/ Print Method of Review:[X]Detailed This Design Analysis supersedes: in its entirety.External Design Analysis Review (Attachment 3 Attached)Reviewed by:--'---'_Print Sign Date Approved by: Date Do any ASSUMPTIONS /ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS require later verification? By: AT#, EC#etc.)[I Yes[X]No Tracked NES-G-14.01 Effective Date:04/14/00 CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS CALCULA lION NO.L-001345 REV.NO.2A PAGE NO.3 OF 9 SECTION: PAGE NO.SUB-PAGE NO.TABLE OF CONTENTS 3 PURPOSE I OBJECTIVE 4 METHODOLOGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA N/A ASSUMPTIONS I ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS N/A DESIGN INPUT N/A REFERENCES N/A CALCULATIONS 4-9

SUMMARY

AND CONCLUSIONS N/A ATTACHMENTS N/A NES-G-14.02 EffectiveDate:04/14/00 CALCULATION PAGE CALCULATION NO.L-001345 Purpose/Objective REVISION NO.2A PAGE NO.4 OF 9 In April 2001 both the Unit 1 and Unit 2 COLR were revised for the implementation of Improved Technical Specifications. As part of that COLR change, the Rod Withdrawal Error accident was analyzed assuming that the RBM would not cause a rod block, and it set a new value of the Trip Setpoint (TS)and Allowable Value (A V)for the RBM flow biased setpoint.This calculation will revise the setpoint calculation for the RBM flow biased trip to incorporate this new information from the COLR.Calculations 1.Revise section 3.5 3.5 LaSalle Station Procedures Subsections e.and n.to read: e.LIS-NR-105A, Rev.12,"Unit 1 Rod Block Monitor Calibration." LIS-NR-105B, Rev.10,"Unit 1 Rod Block Monitor Calibration." n.LIS-NR-205A, Rev.5,'Unit 2 Rod Block Monitor Calibration.' LIS-NR-205B, Rev.5,'Unit 2 Rod Block Monitor Calibration.' 2.Revise section 3.7 to read as follows: 3.7 LaSalle Station Technical Specification Unit 1, Amendment No.147, dated March 30, 2001 and Technical Specification Unit 2, Amendment No.133, dated March 30, 2001 3.Revise section 3.15 to read as follows: 3.15 Technical Reference Manual LaSalle 1 and 2;Appendix I, Core Operating Limits Report, LaSalle Unit 1 Cycle 9 dated May 2001, and Appendix J, Core Operating Limits Report, LaSalle Unit 2 Cycle 9 dated August 2001.4.Revise section 3.34 to read as follows: 3.34 NES-EIC-20.04, Revision 3,"Analysis of Instrument Channel Setpoint Error and Instrument Loop Accuracy." 5.Add new reference 3.35 ER-AA-520, INSTRUMENT PERFORMANCE TRENDING, Revision 0 NES-G-14.02 Effective Date:04/14/00 CALCULATION PAGE CALCULATION NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.2A PAGE NO.5 OF 9 6.Revise Section 4.14 and applicable table entrees as follows: 4.14 Analytical Limits and Allowable Values Inputs From References 3.27 and 3.33, Analytical Limit inputs are provided for all non-flow biased setpoints and the APRM Flow Biased Trip functions (flow biased and clamp).Reference 3.15 provides the Allowable Values for the RBM Upscale Trips.There is no Analytical Limit, as the rod block is not considered in the Rod Withdrawal Error Analysis as stated in Reference 3.15.The information provided by References 3.15, 3.27, and 3.33 is summarized below: Bistable AL AV Reference Rod Block Monitor Trips RBM Upscale (Rod Block), Two Recirc None 0.66W+3.15 Loop Operation 54%*RBM Upscale (Rod Block), Single Recirc None 0.66W+3.15 Loop Operation 48.7%**Clamped with the Allowable Value not to exceed theAV For recirculation loop flow (W)of 100%.7.Revise section 10.5 for the Upscale setpoints as follows: 10.5 RBM Calibration RBM Upscale (Two Recirculation Loop Operation) Instrument Setpoint: (100%Flow)Allowable Range: Calibrated Trip Setpoint: (Section 13.3.1)Nominal Trip Setpoint: (Reference 3.15)Tech Spec LCO: (Reference 3.15)Analytic Limit: 9.320Vdc (116.5%)9.280 to 9.360 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc):::;0.66W+50.5%(116.5%):::;0.66W+51.0%(117.0 0/0):::;0.66W+54.0%(120.0%)Clamped:::; theAV for 100%Flow None NES-G-14.02 Effective Date: 04/14/00 CALCULATION PAGE CALCULATION NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.2A PAGE NO.6 OF 9 RBM Upscale (Single Recirculation Loop Operation) Instrument Setpoint: (100%Flow)Allowable Range: Calibration Trip Setpoint: (Section 13.3.2)Nominal Trip Setpoint: (Reference 3.15)Tech Spec LCD: (Reference 3.15)Analytic Limit: 8.880 Vdc (111.0%)8.840 to 8.920 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc):::;0.66W+45.0%(111.0%):::;0.66W+45.7%(111.7%):::;0.66W+48.7%(114.7%)Clamped:::; theAV for 100%Flow None 8.Revise section 12.3 and 12.4 as indicated below: 12.3 RBM Flow Biased Trips-TenRFB'TenRFB(AV) TenRFB and TenRFB(AV) are made up of the uncertainty terms from the RBM Flow Biased Trip Module 5C.Because the RBM is not used in the COLR for accident or transient analysis this setpoint is a Level 2 setpoint as defined in Reference 3.34 Appendix D, thus the uncertainty is computed as follows.TenRFB=+/-(cr5C+L:e5C)%Power TenRFB(AV) =+/-(cr5C AV+L:e5C AV)%Power[Ref 3.34][Ref 3.34]These uncertainty terms include both the uncertainties associated with the RBM neutron signal and the Recirculation Flow Monitor.From Sections 11.5.3.1.6 and 11.5.3.2.10: TenRFB=+/-(2.874811 +1.672412)% Power TenRFB=+/-4.55%Power And TenRFB(AV) =+/-(2.404668 +0.852412)% Power TenRFB(AV) =+/-3.26%Power NES-G-14.02 EffectiveDate:04/14/00 CALCULATION PAGE CALCULATION NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.2A PAGE NO.7 OF 9 12.4 RBM Fixed Trip-TenRF'TenRF(AV)Because the RBM is not used in the COLR for accident or transient analysis this setpoint is a Level 2 setpoint as defined in Reference 3.34 Appendix D, thus the uncertainty is computed as follows: TenRF=+/-(cr5B+L:e5B)%Power TenRF(AV)=+/-(cr5B Av+L:e5B Av)%Power[Ref 3.34][Ref 3.34]TenRF and TenRF(Av)are made up of the uncertainty terms from RBM Fixed Trip Module 5B.From Sections 11.5.2.1.6 and 11.5.2.2.10: TenRF=+/-(2.316113 +0.82)%Power TenRF=+/-3.14%Power And TenRF(A V)=+/-(2.129873 +0)%Power TenRF(AV)=+/-2.13%Power 9.Revise section 13.3 as indicated below: 13.3 RBM Flow Biased Trips The RBM Flow Biased Trips have the same total uncertainty term (TenRFB)whether in Two Recirculation Loop Operation or Single Recirculation Loop Operation. This is because there are no changes made to the method of operation of the Recirculation Flow Monitor for either Single or Two Loop Operation. Therefore, the error analysis for the RFM is the same.13.3.1 Upscale Trip-Two Loop Operation From Section 10.5 the existing Technical Specification Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP)for this function is +51%Power with the setpoint clamped at a value corresponding to when W=100%Flow.Because this setpoint is not used in safety analysis, as specified in Reference 3.15, the Trip Setpoint listed in Reference 3.15 will be considered as a nominal setpoint.The setpoint will be checked against theAV listed in Reference 3.15 to ensure that the as-found value when calibrating the Upscale trip will not exceed the AV.AVRBM2=NTSP+TenRFB(AV) %Power AVRBM2=0.66*W+51+TenRFB(AV) %Power NES-G-14.02 Effective Date: 04/14/00 CALCULATION PAGE CALCULATION NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.2A PAGE NO.8 OF 9AV RBM2=0.66W+51+3.26%PowerAV RBM2=0.66W+54.26%Power Because the computedAV is in excess of the Reference 3.15 value, the fIxed offset of the final NTSP should be lowered at least 0.26%.For conservatism, the fInal calibration NTSP should be: NTSP RBM2=0.66W+50.5%Power The RBM backup trip value should be calibrated in such a manner as to ensure that it is always higher than the required value needed for the NTSP.13.3.2 Upscale Trip-Single Loop Operation From Section 10.5 the existing Technical SpecifIcation Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP)for this function is sO.66W+45.7%Power with the setpoint clamped at a value corresponding to when W=100%Flow.Because this setpoint is not used in safety analysis, as specifIed in Reference 3.15, the Trip Setpoint listed in Reference 3.15 will be considered as a nominal setpoint.The setpoint will be checked against theAV listed in Reference 3.15 to ensure that the as-found value when calibrating the Upscale trip will not exceed the A V.AVRBMI=NTSP+TenRFB(AV) %Power AVRBMI=0.66*W+45.7+TenRFB(AV) %PowerAV RBMI=0.66W+45.7+3.26%PowerAV RBMI=0.66W+48.96%Power Because the computedAV is in excess of the Reference 3.15 value, the fIxed offset of the final NTSP should be lowered at least 0.26%.For conservatism, the fInal calibration NTSP should be: NTSP RBM1=0.66W+45.0%Power The RBM backup trip value should be calibrated in such a manner as to ensure that it is always higher than the required value needed for the NTSP.10.Revise section 14.3 as indicated below: NES-G-14.02 EffectiveDate

04/14/00 CALCULATION PAGE CALCULATION NO.L-001345 14.3 RBM Flow Biased Trips REVISION NO.2A PAGE NO.9 OF 9 14.3.1 Upscale Trip-Two Loop Operation Calibrated NTSP Tech Spec NTSP: Tech Spec AV: Extended Tolerance 0.66W+50.5%Power 0.66W+51%Power 0.66W+54%Power+/-0.75%Power Extended tolerance selected at 1.5 times setting tolerance to provide an ET value for Trending as described in ER-AA-520.

14.3.2 Upscale Trip-Single Loop Operation Calibrated NTSP Tech Spec NTSP: Tech Spec AV: Extended Tolerance 0.66W+45.0%Power 0.66W+45.7%Power 0.66W+48.7%Power+/-0.75%Power Extended tolerance selected at 1.5 times setting tolerance to provide an ET value for trending as described in ER-AA-520. 11.Revisetheapplicable sections of 15.0 as follows: 15.0 CALCULATION SPREADSHEET Symbol For.mula or Input Value Value Units NTSP RBM2 0s 51 51%Power ALRBM20S (Deleted)AV RB M2 NTSPRBM20s +TenRFB(AV) 54.26%Power NTSPRBMIOS 45.7 45.7%Power ALRBMIOS (Deleted)AVRBMI NTSPRBMIOS +TenRFB(AV) 48.96%Power Final[Last Page] CC-AA-309 Revision 1 ATTACHMENT 1 Design Analysis ApprovalP1 f2 age 0 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO.: L-001345 PAGE NO.1 OF 4 Major REV Number: 002 Minor Rev Number: B[]BRAIDWOOD STATION DESCRIPTION CODE:(C018) 104[]BYRON STATION[]CLINTON STATION[]DRESDEN STATION DISCIPLINE CODE: (C011)I[X]LASALLE CO.STATION[]QUAD CITIES STATION SYSTEM CODE: (C011)C51 Unit:[]0[X]1[X]2[]3 TITLE: Average Power Range Monitor (APRM), Rod Block Monitor (RBM), and Recirculation Flow Monitor (RFM)Bistable Loop Accuracy for Rod Block and Scram Functions.[X]Safety Related[]Augmented Quality[]Non-5afety Related AITRIBUTES (C016)TYPE VALUE TYPE VALUE Elevation Misc Software COMPONENT EPN: (C014 Panel)DOCUMENT NUMBERS: (C012 Panel)(Design Analyses References) EPN TYPE Type/Sub Document Number Input (Y/N)See Section 1.0 of Rev.2 CALIENG L-002884 Y EC-338271 Y1 REMARKS: CC-AA-309 Revision 1 ATTACHMENT 1 Design Analysis Approval Page 2 of 2 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REV: 0028 PAGE NO.20F4 Revision Summary (including EC's incorporated): The purpose of this minor Revision 002B is to add calculation L-002884, Rev.000,"Measurement and Test Equipment (M&TE)Acceptability Evaluation" prepared for EC-338271 as a reference in Section 3.0-REFERENCES and Section 9.0-CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT DATA.This minor revision will also establish cross-reference between these two calculations. Electronic Calculation Data Files: See Attachments C and D.(Program Name, Version, File Name extension/size/date/hour/min) Date Date 08/11/02 08/10/02]Yes[X 1 N/A, Per EC#: EC-338271 Design impact review completed?(If yes, attach impact review sheet)Prepared by: R.H.LOW Print Reviewed by: T.VAN WYK Print Method of Review:[X]Detailed This Design Analysis supersedes:,in its entirety.Reviewed by:---IbI'-""'--" Approved by:-'-----'---,::-:-'-'--=..:'-"-----F"--}--' Do any ASSUMPTIONS /ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS require later verification?(Tracked By: AT#, EC#[]Yes[X]No CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS NES-G-14.01 Effective Date: 04/14/00 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 REV.NO.0028 PAGE NO.3 SECTION: PAGE NO.SUB-PAGE NO.TABLE OF CONTENTS 3 1.PURPOSE/OBJECTIVE NA 2.METHODOLOGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NA 3.ASSUMPTIONS /ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS NA 4.DESIGN INPUT NA 5.REFERENCES 4 6.CALCULATIONS 4 7.

SUMMARY

AND CONCLUSIONS NA 8.ATTACHMENTS NA E-FORM NES-G-14.02 Effective Date: 04/14/00 CALCULATION PAGE CALCULATION NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.0028 PAGE NO.4 of 4 NOTE: Section numbers referred to in the section headers in this minor revision are in accordance with the calculation format in use at the time of this minor revision.Section numbers referred to in the body of each section are the actual section numbers in the record calculation.

5.0 References

Add calculation L-002884, Rev.000,"Measurement and Test Equipment (M&TE)Acceptability Evaluation" as the last reference in Section 3.0.6.0 Calculations Add the following sentence to the end of the second paragraph of Section 9.0, Calibration Instrument Data."Refer to calculation L-002884 for use of M&TE less accurate than that listed." Final[Last Page]E-FORM ExelonSM Nuclear ATTACHMENT 2 Design Analysis Minor Revision Cover Sheet CC-AA-309-1001 Revision 0 Last Page No.4 Analysis No.EC/ECR No.Title: Station(s) Unit No.: L-001345 Revision 2C EC 331766 Revision 0 Average Power Range Monitor (APRM), Rod Block Monitor (RBM), and Recirculation Flow Monitor (RFM)Bistable Loop Accuracy for Rod Block and Scram Functions LaSalle Is this Design Analysis Safeguards? Yes 0 No[8:J 1 and 2 Does this Design Analysis Contain Unverified Assumptions? Yes 0 No[8:J Safety Class SR System Code C51 ATI/AR#Description of Change Section 14.1 is revised to change the examples for the flow bias calibration setpoints to indicate the corresponding values at a drive flow of 75%instead of 80%.References for the calibration procedures are also revised.Disposition of Changes (include additional pages as required)Add pages 1 through 4 of minor revision 002C.(For External Analyses Only)Exelon Reviewer Sign Name Sign Name o Altemate Calculations 0 Testing 4-/'1,,/04-Print Name Print Name[8:J Detailed Review W.Kirchhoff Preparer Method of Review Review Notes: Approver----'J3...... _Print Name Reviewer V.Shah Print Name Sign Name Approver Print Name Sign Name CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS CALCULATION NO.L-001345 REV.NO.PAGE NO.2 002C SECTION: PAGE NO.SUB-PAGE NO.TITLE PAGE 1 I TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 PURPOSE/OBJECTNE 3 METHODOLOGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NA I ASSUMPTIONS /ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS NA DESIGN INPUT NA REFERENCES 3 CALCULA TIONS NA I CONCLUSIONS 3 ATTACHMENTS NA COMPUTER PROGRAMS NA 2 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 CALCULATION PAGE REVISION NO.002C PAGE NO.3 of 4 1.0 Purpose/Scope The purpose of this revision is to revise the'discussion related to the calibration setpoints in section 14.0 Conclusions for APRM Flow Biased Trips.Section 14.1 is revised to change the examples for the flow bias calibration setpoints to indicate the corresponding values at a drive flow of75%instead of80%.This change is being made for consistency with the calibration procedures (references 3.5u, 3.5v, 3.5w, 3.5x)which currently use a simulated drive flow of 75%.The change was made to the calibration procedures because at 80%flow the transition from the flow biased line to the fixed clamped setpoint occurs.This transition was fo,und to interfere with the calibration. The change does not affect the calibration setpoint.References for the calibration procedures are also revised.3.0 References References 3.5.a, b, c, d and 3.5 j, k, m, n are superseded by the references indicated below: 3.5.u-levision 7, UNIT 1 AVERAGE POWER RANGE MONITOR CHANNELS A, C, ANb E ROJ!)BLOCK AND SCRAM CALIBRA nON 3.5.v LIS-NR-103B Revision 6, UNIT 1 AVERAGE POWER RANGE MONITOR CHANNELS B, D, AND F ROD BLOCK AND SCRAM CALIBRA nON 3.5.w LIS-NR-203A Revision 6, UNIT 2 AVERAGE POWER RANGE MONITOR CHANNELS A, C, AND E ROD BLOCK AND SCRAM CALIBRA nON 3.5.x LIS-NR-203A Revision 6, UNIT 2 AVERAGE POWER RANGE MONITOR CHANNELS B, D, AND F ROD BLOCK AND SCRAM CAtIBRA TION 14.0 Conclusion Replace section 14.1 with the following: 14.1.APRM Flow Biased Trips 14.1.1 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Scram)-Two Loop Operation Analytical Limit: Tech Spec AV: Tech Spec NTSP: 0.62W+70.9%Power 0.62W+69.3%Power 0.62W+63.7%Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of0.04 Vdc.For example, with a 75%drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 110.2%(0.62*75+63.7).Since 110.2%on a 125%scale corresponds to 8.816 V dc on a 10 V dc scale[IOVdc*IIO.2%/125%], a setpoint of8.776+/-0.04 Vdc is recommended for 75%drive flow.3 CALCULATION NO.L-001345 CALCULATION PAGE REVISION NO.002C PAGE NO.4 of 4 14.1.2 Simulated Thennal Power Upscale (Scram)-Single Loop Operation , , Analytical Limit: Tech Spec AV: Tech Spec NTSP: 0.55W+58.33%Power 0.55W+56.8%Power 0.55W+51.5%Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow,thenominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of0.04 Vdc.For example, with a 75%drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 92.75%(0.55*75+'51.5).Since 92.75%on a 125%scale corresponds to 7.420 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale[10Vdc*92.75%/125%], a setpoint of7.38+/-0.04 Vdc is recommended for 75%drive flow.14.1.3 Simulated Thennal Power Upscale (Rod Block)-Two Loop Operation Analytical Limit: Tech Spec AV: Tech Spec NTSP: 0.62W+59.47%Power 0.62W+57.9%Power 0.62W+52.3%Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow,thenominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of0.04 Vdc.For example, with a 75%drive flow, the Tech Spec,NTSP is 98.8%(0.62*75+52.3).Since 98.8%on a 125%scale corresponds to 7.904 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale[10Vdc*98.8 %/125%], a setpoint of7.864+/-0.04 Vdc is recommended for 75%drive flow.14.1.4 Simulated Thennal Power Upscale (Rod Block)-Single Loop Operation Analytical Limit: Tech Spec AV: Tech Spec NTSP: 0.55W+46.9%Power 0.55W+45.4%Power 0.55W+40.0%Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of0.04 Vdc.For example, with a 75%drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 81.25%(0.55*75+40.0).Since 81.25%on a 125%scale corresponds to 6.500 V dc on a 10 V dc scale[10Vdc*81.25%/125%], a setpoint of 6.460+/-0.04 Vdc is recommended for 75%drive flow.4 CC-AA-309-1001 Revision 5 ATTACHMENT 2 Design Analysis Minor Revision Cover Sheet o Revision: LaSalle 1 and 2 EC/ECR No.: Station(s): 7 Unit No.: a Design Analysis (Minor Revision)Last Page No.49____Analysis No.: 1 L-001345 Revision: 2 002D Title: 3 Average Power Range Monitor (APRM), Rod Block Monitor (RBM), and Recirculation Flow onitor (RFM)Bistable Loop Accuracy for Rod Block and Scram Functions Safety/QA Class: 9 SR System Code(s): 10 C51 Is this Design Analysis Safeguards Information? 11 Does this Design Analysis contain Unverified Assumptions? This Design Analysis SUPERCEDES: Yes No[g]Yes 0 No[g]If yes, see SY-AA-101-106 If yes, ATI/AR#:------I in its entirety.Description of Changes (list affected pages): 1)Determine Tech Spec AV's and NTSP's for the APRM flow biased trips based on analytical limit changes due to thermal power optimization. 2)Determine AL T/AFT for APRM flow biased trips for use in instrument performance trending.3)Determine total uncertainty based on the replacement ABB RFM uncertainties instead of the previously installed GE Flow Units.4)Determine flow biased APRM trip errors based on 75%calibration flow.5)Deleted section 15.0 (calculation spreadsheet), 6)Corrected a computation error in Section 11.5.3.1.5. 7)Corrected the application of vendor provided performance specifications for the ABB RFM upscale and comparator trip functions. Testing 0 Peer review 0 Print Name Detailed Review f5{l Alternate Calculations 0 Independent review rxJ Method of Review: 17 List of Affected Pages: This minor revision affects numerous pages of revision 2 which includes the following sections: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 7.0, 8.0, 9.0,11.0,12.0,13.0, 14.0, and 15.0.The following sections of minor revision 2A are affected: reference 3.4, and sections 12.3, 13.3.1, and 13.3.2.The following sections of minor revision 2C are also affected: sections 14.1.1,14.1.2,14.1.3, and 14,1,4.Disposition of Changes: 15 This minor calculation revision is in support of Thermal Power Optimization and identifies permanent calculation changes required during the next major revision to this calculati0r:!.: Preparer: 16 David Cujko (Sargent&Lundy)Review Notes: 19 Reviewer: 18 (For External Analyses Only)External Approver: 20 Exelon Reviewer 21 Ion Approver: 22 ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE NO.2 SECTION: PAGE NO.TITLE PAGE 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 SECTION 1.0 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVE 3 SECTION 2.0 METHODOLOGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 4 SECTION

3.0 REFERENCES

5 SECTION 4.0 DESIGN INPUTS 6 SECTION 5.0 ASSUMPTIONS 9 SECTION 6.0 INSTRUMENT CHANNEL CONFIGURATION N/A SECTION 7.0 PROCESS PARAMETERS 10 SECTION 8.0 LOOP ELEMENT DATA 11 SECTION 9.0 CALIDRATION INSTRUMENT DATA 12 SECTION 10.0 CALIDRATION PROCEDURE DATA N/A SECTION 11.0 MODULE ERRORS 13 SECTION 12.0 INSTRUMENT CHANNEL TOTAL ERROR 32 SECTION 13.0 ERROR ANALYSIS

SUMMARY

34 SECTION

14.0 CONCLUSION

S ..*46 SECTION 15.0 CALCULATION SPREADSHEET 49 ATTACHMENTS N/A ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 1.0 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVE REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.3 The purpose of this Minor Revision is listed below: 1.The Unit 1 and Unit 2 analytical limits for the APRM flow biased trips are being revised per the thermal power optimization project.This revision recalculates the Technical Specification allowable values (A V's)and nominal trip setpoints (NTSP's)for the APRM flow biased trips based on the analytical limit changes.2.This revision determines as-left/as-found tolerances for the APRM flow biased trips for use in instrument performance trending.3.Subsequent to the issuance of analysis L-001345, revision 2, the GE recirculation flow units have been replaced with ABB recirculation flow monitors (RPM's).All results that are dependent on recirculation flow measurement uncertainties are impacted by the ABB RPM replacements. Therefore, this minor revision re-determines total instrument uncertainty and results for the following functions: a)APRM flow biased trips, b)RBM flow biased trips, and c)RPM upscale and comparator trip results.4.Revise Section 2.2 (and subsequently impacted sections)to address the calibration flow rate change from 80%to 75%as detailed in minor revision 2C.5.Section 15.0,"Calculation Spreadsheet", is being deleted.This spreadsheet was included for reference, and it was utilized for verifying computations. It is no longer required and is therefore being deleted.6.The value determined for FCS RBM (0.668750) in Section 11.5.3.1.5 will be revised to correct a previous computation error.7.Corrected the application of vendor provided performance specifications for the ABB RPM upscale and comparator trip functions. NOTE: Changes or revisions to existing portions of the calculation are identified by a combination of either bold, underlined, or italic text in lieu of revision bars.Added text or new text or sections are indicated as such, and are NOT identified by bold, underlined, or italic text. ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.4 2.0 METHODOLOGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 1.Revise Section 2.1.d as follows: d.Static Pressure Span Effects References 3.5.s.3.5./.and 3.5.y, 3.5.z state thata1%of span correction has been included in the calibration to compensate for the static pressure span effect.However, References 3.14 states that there is a plus/minus correction uncertainty associated with this compensation. Therefore, this uncertainty will be included as a random error term in this calculation. Although the vendor gives this error term as a percent of reading, it will be considered as percent calibrated span which simplifies the calculation and is conservative. 2.Revise Section 2.2 to address the calibration fJ.ow rate change from 80%to 75%as detailed in minor revision 2C. Slopesp+[(T++T)/0.08]/Mlow This will be used for both APRM and RBM flow biased error calculations. For the APRM's, the tolerance (T+, T)is+/-0.04 Vdc and the calibration flow (Mlow)is 75%flow (Section lOA).For the RBM's, the tolerance (T+, T)is+/-0.04 Vdc and the calibration flow<<Mlow)is 100%flow (Section 1 0.5).3.Add new Section 204 as indicated below: 204 The methodology for determining as-left/as-found tolerances for APRM flow biased trip calibrations and surveillances, for each individually calibrated component or circuit (or module), is as follows: Module As-Left Tolerance (ALT): ALT=+/-[RA 2+MTE 2+REMTi]o.s Module As-Found Tolerance (AFT): where, RA RD MTE RE MTE=Module Reference Accuracy=Module Vendor Specified Instrument Drift=Module Measurement and Test Equipment (M&TE)Error=Module M&TE Readability If a particular calibrated component or circuit (or module)is not provided with a reference accuracy specification, the setting tolerance applied during module calibration will be used in place of the reference accuracy specification. ANALYSIS NO.L-001345

3.0 REFERENCES

REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.5 1.Add new references as indicated below: 3.5.y LIS-RR-101A, Rev.12,"Unit 1 Recirculation Flow Converter A Calibration." LIS-RR-101B, Rev.12,"Unit 1 Recirculation Flow Converter B Calibration." LIS-RR-101C, Rev.11,"Unit 1 Recirculation Flow Converter C Calibration." LIS-RR-101D, Rev.14,"Unit 1 Recirculation Flow Converter D Calibration." 3.5.z LIS-RR-201A, Rev.12,"Unit 2 Recirculation Flow Converter A Calibration." LIS-RR-201B, Rev.11,"Unit 2 Recirculation Flow Converter B Calibration." LIS-RR-201C, Rev.11,"Unit 2 Recirculation Flow Converter C Calibration." LIS-RR-201D, Rev.12,"Unit 2 Recirculation Flow Converter D Calibration." 2.Revise Reference 3.34 as follows: (Note that this supersedes the minor rev 2A change to this reference) 3.34 NES-EIC-20.04, Rev.5,"Analysis of Instrument Channel Setpoint Error and Instrument Loop Accuracy." 3.Add new reference as indicated below: (Note: see minor rev 2A for reference 3.35,"ER-AA-520 and minor rev 2B for reference 3.35.a,"L-002884") 3.36 GE Task Report 0000-01 06-61 03-RO, DRF 0000-0096-1158, Rev.O.Class III, November 2009"Project Task Report, Exelon Nuclear, LaSalle Units 1 and 2 Thermal Power Optimization, Task T0506: TS Instrument Setpoints." 3.37 Fluke 45 User Manual, PN855981, January 1989, Rev.4, 7/97 ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 4.0 DESIGN INPUTS 1.Revise Section 4.1 as follows: 4.1 Accuracy for Flow Transmitters REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.6 The procedures of References 3.5.s.3.5./.and 3.5.y, 3.5.z indicate that there are five different calibrated spans for the 16 flow transmitters covered by this calculation. Since some of the uncertainty terms depend on the calibrated span and/or the transmitters upper range, the lowest value of the calibrated span will be used for all flow loops since this will produce conservative results.2.Revise Section 4.14 and applicable table entrees as follows: 4.14 Analytical Limits and Allowable Values Inputs From References 3.27, 3.33.and 3.36 Analytical Limit inputs are provided for all non-flow biased setpoints and the APRM Flow Biased Trip functions (flow biased and clamp).Reference 3.15 provides the Allowable Values for the RBM Upscale Trips.There is no Analytical Limit, as the rod block is not considered in the Rod Withdrawal Error Analysis as stated in Reference 3.15.The information provided by References 3.15,3.27, 3.33.and 3.36 is summarized below: Bistable AL AV Reference APRM Flow Biased Trips Flow Biased STP Scram-TLO O.61W+69.76%3.36 Flow Biased STP Scram-SLO O.54W+57.39%3.36 Flow Biased STP Rod Block-TLO O.61W+58.51% 3.36 Flow Biased STP Rod Block-SLO O.54W+46.14%3.36 3.Add new Section 4.15 as follows: 4.15 References 3.5.y and 3.5.z indicate the original GE recirculation flow units have been replaced with ABB recirculation flow monitors (RFM's).Therefore, all total channel errors that are dependent on recirculation flow measurement uncertainties will be based on the ABB RFM's.This applies to the following functions: a)APRM flow biased trips, b)RBM flow biased trips, and c)RFM upscale and comparator trip results.4.Add new Section 4.16 4.16 Error Propagation through ABB RFM Square Root Converter With Reference to Appendix B of Reference 3.34, input errors are propagated through the ABB RFM square root converter circuit as follows: O"OUT=(k)(O"ERROR)/[2(x)o.s] eOUT=(k)(eERRoR)/[2(x)o.s]

where, ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.7 (JOUT eOUT k (JERROR eERROR x=random output error=non-random output error=gam=randominputerror

=non-random input error=input span Determining the value of k: Per Appendix B of Reference 3.34, the equation for a square root converter is, y=k(x)O.5 In Units ofVdc: where y is the output span (10 Vdc)and x is the input span (10 Vdc)per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z.Solving for k, k y/(X)O.5 10 Vdc/(10 Vdc)o.5 3.162278 VdcNdco.5 From Section 4.10, the point of interest is 75%Flow.The input span (x)at 75%Flow is determined as follows: (75%Flow)/(125%Flow)=[(x75%)o.5]/[10 Vdc)o.5]=3.6 Vdc In Units of%CS: where y is the output span (100%CS)and x is the input span (100%CS)per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z.Solving for k, k y/(X)O.5 100%CS/(100%CS)O.5 10%CS/%CS°.5 From Section 4.1 0, the point of interest is 75%Flow.The input span (x)at 75%Flow is determined as follows: (75%Flow)/(125%Flow)5.Add newSection4.17 =[(X75')/o)o.5]/[100 %CS)O.5]=36%CS 4.17 Error Propagation through ABB RPM Summer With Reference to Appendix B of Reference 3.34, input errors are propagated through the ABB RPM summer circuit as follows: (JOUT=[(k1*(JERRORX/ +(k2*(JERROR y/]O.5 eOUT=(k1*eERRORX)+(k2*eERROR y)where,=random output error ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 eOUT kl k2 O"ERRORX O"ERROR Y eERRORX eERROR Y REVISION NO.002D=non-random output error=gain input 1=gain input 2=random input error X=random input error Y=non-random input error X=non-random input error Y PAGE NO.8 The summer inputs are equally weighted, therefore, kl=k2=0.5. ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 5.0 ASSUMPTIONS 1.Delete Section 5.7 as follows: REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.9 Sinee the ABB designed flaw unit has nat yet been installed, it will be assumed that this flaw unit will be maunted in the same general area as is the present fla:\\'unit.Therefore, the en¥iranmeBtal parameters for the eurrent fla'i\'unit will be assumed ta be applieable ta the new ADB flaw units.2.Delete Section 5.9 as follows: Sinee there have been na praeedures generated for ealibrating the ABB designed flaw unit it will be assumed that, whe1l'develaped, they will be similar ta thase used ta ealibrate the CE designed flaw unit.Therefore, the MTE and ST terms derived for the CE flaw units will be assumed applieable ta the ealibratian af the ABB flaw unit.3.Revise Section 5.11 as follows: Based on the information contained in References 3.4 and 3.16 it will be assumed that LaSalle is using a Wallace and Tieman Model 65-120 instrument when the procedures of References 3.5.s, 3.5.1 and 3.5.y, 3.5.z call for a Pneumatic Calibrator. ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 7.0 PROCESS PARAMETERS 1.Revise Section 7.0 as follows: REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.10 The temperature of the fluid has, however, dropped to reactor building ambient temperature by the time it reached the location of the transmitters. Based on References 3.5.s.3.5.1 and 3.5.v.3.5.z.100%Flow in these flow loops is equal to 55,000 GPM. ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 8.0 LOOP ELEMENT DATA REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.11 1.Revise section 8.6.1 as follows to correct the accuracy specification for the comparator and upscale trips: (Note that Revision 2 currently incorrectly applies the trip and total flow uncertainty as independent; however, they are dependent.) Comparator Trip Accuracy: Upscale Trip Accuracy: 2.Revise section 8.6.2 as follows: 2%CS (based on 1%trip set point error plus 1%total flow signal error)2%CS (based on 1%trip setpoint error plus 1%total flow signal error)8.6.2 Environmental Parameters at Plow Unit Location (Zone LC1A from EWCS)(Reference 3.6, Table 3.11-24){It is flssumed thflt thisflew unit will he Hleunted in the sflmegenel"fll flrefl flS is thepr-esentflew unit}Temperature (OP)Relative Humidity (%)Radiation 72-74 35-45 1x10 3 rads gamma(integrated) ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 9.0 CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT DATA REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.12 1.ABB RPM calibration procedures (References 3.5.y and 3.5.z), invokes use of a Fluke 45 to calibrate the recirculation flow transmitters. Therefore, revise the table in section 9.0 by adding the following MTE error information for a Fluke 45, slow reading rate, (100 mVdc Rng)as follows: (see section 9.1 changes below for determination of this uncertainty,). The+/-0.012141 mVdc uncertainty value is utilized, because the maximum reading will be 20mV de at the transmitter location, and the environment during calibration should not exceed 104°F.Calibration Instrument MTE for all DMM Calibrations Fluke 45 Slow (l00mV dc Rng)2.Revise Section 9.2 as follows: MTE Error[1 cr 1+/-0.012141 m Vdc Evaluation Parameters @20mVdc, 104°F 9.2 Pressure Measurement Error Evaluation References 3.5.s, 3.5.(and 3.5.v'3.5.z specify the use of a"Pneumatic Calibrator, 0-850"W.C.(Accuracy: +/-2.0"W.C., minimum)." 3.Section 9.1: Add the following DMM measurement error evaluation for a Fluke 45, slow reading rate, (100 mVdc Range)as follows under Section 9.1: FLUKE 45 SLOW READING RATE RANGE: 100 mVdc Manufacturer's Specifications (from Reference 3.37)Reference Accuracy (RA)t+/-(0.025%(RDG) +6(digits)) Resolution (RES)0.001 mV Temperature Effect*(TE)+/-(O.1(Accuracy Spec.)/°C)(dT)t1 Year Accuracy Specification

From O°C to 18°C and 28°C to 50°C[2cr][2cr]Temperature Differential (dT)64.482.4°F (1828°C)104°F 40.0°C122°F=50.0°CTemperature Effect Not Applicable dT=(40.0-28.0)OC=12.0°C dT=(50.0-28.0)OC=22.0°C Total Measurement Error (MTE)MTE=+/-[(RA/2+TE/2)2+REs2]1/2[1 cr]Maximum Zone Temp.64.482.4°F 104°F 122°P MTE at RDG=20mV+/-0.005590 mV+/-0.012141 mV+/-0.017628 mV MTE at RDG=50 mV+/-0.009304 mV+/-0.020375 mV+/-0.029617 mV ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 11.0 MODULE ERRORS 11.1 MODULE 1 (FLOW TRANSMITTER) 1.Revise Section 11.1.1.3 as follows: REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.13 11.1.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CALI)The uncertainties associated with calibrating the flow transmitters are composed of the uncertainties in setting the input signal and the uncertainties in reading the output signal.References 3.5.s, 3.5.t and 3.5.v'3.5.z do not give a particular instrument to be used for setting the input during calibration.

Rather, they simply indicate a"Pneumatic Calibrator, 0-850" W.C.(accuracy: +/-2.0" W.C., minimum)" is required.Per Assumption 5.11 LaSalle is assumed to be using a Wallace and Tieman Model 65-120 instrument for this input monitoring function.For the maximum temperature applicable to this location the accuracy given by Reference 3.4 for this instrument is 2.149835" W.C.This is the value that will be used in this calculation. The reading error term (REMTEI FT)is included in total MTE error term given in Reference 3.4.Therefore, a value of 0 will be used for REMTEI FT for this calculation. The instrument specified by the procedures (References 3.5.s and 3.5.t)for measurement of the flow transmitter output is a Fluke 8600A DMM.For the voltage range of interest for this calculation the reference accuracy, from Reference 3.4, is 0.034961 mVdc.(RAMTE2 FT).Since this is a digital instrument, there is no reading error associated with its use (REMTE2 FT=0).The instrument specified by the procedures (References 3.5.y and 3.5.z)for measurement orthe flow transmitter output is a Fluke 45 DMM.For the voltage range or interest, for this calculation, the reference accuracv, from Section 9.0, is+/-0.012141 m Vdc.The Fluke 45 is a digital output device, and therefore, the reading error is considered to be the least significant increment ofthe display (or resolution)(see Reference 3.34).Per section 9.1, reading error is included in the uncertainty value.Since the uncertainty ora Fluke 8600A bounds the uncertainty ora Fluke 45, the Fluke 8600A will be evaluated in the following analysis.2.Revise Section 11.1.1.4 as follows: 11.1.1.4 Setting Tolerance (STl)From References 3.5.s, 3.5.t and 3.5.v'3.5.z the setting tolerance for the flow transmitters' output (STFT(oUT>> is 0.08 mVdc.3.Revise Section 11.1.1.5 as follows: 11.1.1.5 Static Pressure Span Effect (Correction Uncertainty)(SPSEFr)References 3.5.s, 3.5.t and 3.5.v'3.5.z state thata1%of span correction has been included in the calibration to compensate for the static pressure span effect.4.Revise Section 11.1.2.5 as follows: 11.1.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e 1 SP) ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.14 From References 3.5.s, 3.5.t and 3.5.y, 3.5.z, these instruments have been compensated for static pressure effect during calibration. 11.4.4 Module 4D (Trip Circuit-Flow Biased)1.Revise section 11.4.4 as follows: Module 4D receives an analog input from the Averaging Circuitry and the ABB RFM (Module 6), and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the input signal from the Averaging Circuitry and the reference value, which is a function of the ABB RFM flow signal.Therefore, Module 4D is a bistable module.2.Revise section 11.4.4.1.5 as follows to evaluate uncertainties from the ABB RFM instead of uncertainties from the GE Flow Units.Refer to section 11.6 of this minor revision for determination of ABB RFM uncertainties. 11.4.4.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput4D) The Module 4D input error (ainput4D) is the SRSS combination of random input terms from Module 4B (a4B FB)and Module 6 ((J6)(Per section 4.15).However, (J6 must be converted from%Flow to%Power using the flow biased trip slope adjustment from Section 2.2 which accounts for setting uncertainties. 3.Revise section 11.4.4.1.5.1 as follows to a)evaluate uncertainties from the ABB RFM (a6 and a6 c values from section 11.6.1.1.6) instead of uncertainties from the GE Flow Units, b)evaluate the AL value per Reference 3.36, and c)apply the 75%calibration flow rate as detailed previously per section 2.2 changes: 11.4.4.1.5.1 Two Loop Operation (TLO)-From Design Input 4.14, the TLO flow biased slope (FCS sp)is 0.61 which is adjusted as FCS FCS sp+[(0.04+0.04) /0.08]/75 0.61+[(0.04+0.04) /0.08]/75 0.623333 The module 4D input uncertainty for TLO is determined as ainput4D ainput4D ainput4D+/-[a4B FB 2+(FCS*(J6/]0.5+/-[1.21122 2+(0.623333*2.1l2581l]o.s +/-l.789169 Power And the module 4DAV uncertainty for TLO is determined as ainput4D Av ainput4D Av ainput4D Av+/-[a4B A/+(FCS*(J6 c l]o.s+/-[1.041510 2+(0.623333*1.035450l]0.5 +/-1.225285%Power ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.15 4.Revise section 11.4.4.1.5.2 as follows to a)evaluate uncertainties from the ABB RFM (cr6 and cr6 c values from section 11.6.1.1.6) instead of uncertainties from the GE Flow Units, b)evaluate the AL value per Reference 3.36, and c)apply the 75%calibration flow rate as detailed previously per section 2.2 changes: 11.4.4.1.5.2 Single Loop Operation (SLO)-From Design Input 4.14, the SLO flow biased slope (FCS SPSLO)is 0.54 which is adjusted as FCS SLO=FCS SPSLO+[(0.04+0.04) /0.08]/75 0.54+[(0.04+0.04) /0.08]/75 0.553333 The module 4D input uncertainty for SLO is determined as crinput4D sLO crinput4D sLO crinput4 D SLO+/-[cr4B FB 2+(FCS SLO*u6i]0.5+/-[1.21122 2+(0.553333*2.112581if 5+/-1.683307%Power And the module 4D AV uncertainty for SLO is determined as crinput4D AvsLO crinput4D AvsLO crinput4 D AVSLO+/-[cr4B A/+(FCS SLO*u6d]0.5+/-[1.041510 2+(0.553333*1.035450i]0.5 +/-1.188702%Power 5.Revise section 11.4.4.1.6.1 as follows: cr4D cr4D cr4D+/-[RA4D(lcr)2 +RD4D(lcr)2 +CAL4D 2+ST4D(lcr/+crinput4D 2 f5+/-[0.625 2+1.74553 2+0.00225 2+0.166667 2+1.789169 2]°.5+/-2.581939%Power And the module 4D AV random error is+/-[RA4D(lcr)2 +RD4D(lcr/+CAL4D 2+ST4D(lcr)2 +crinput4D A/]0.5+/-[0.625 2+1.74553 2+0.00225 2+0.166667 2+1.225285 2]°.5+/-2.228588%Power 6.Revise section 11.4.4.1.6.2 as follows: cr4D sLO cr4D sLO cr4D sLO+/-[RA4D(lcr/ +RD4D(lcr/+CAL4D 2+ST4D(lcr/+crinput4D sL0 2]0.5+/-[0.625 2+1.74553 2+0.00225 2+0.16666i+1.68330i]0.5 +/-2.509742%Power And the module 4D AV random error is cr4D AVSLO cr4D AVSLO+/-[RA4D(lcr/ +RD4D(lcr/+CAL4D 2+ST4D(lcr/+crinput4DAvsL02]0.5 +/-[0.625 2+1.74553 2+0.00225 2+0.16666i+1.188702 2]°.5 ANALYSIS NO.L-001345+/-2.208686%Power REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.16 7.Revise section 11.4.4.2.9.1 as follows to evaluate uncertainties from the ABB RPM value from section 11.6.1.2.10) instead of uncertainties from the GE Flow Units: einput4D einput4D einput4D +(FCS*L'e6)]+/-[0.82+(0.623333*1.845461)] +/-1.970337%Power And the module 4D A V error for TLO is determined as einput4D Av einput4D Av einput4D Av +(FCS*L'e6)]+/-[O+(0.623333*1.845461)] +/-1.150337%Power 8.Revise section 11.4.4.2.9.2 as follows to evaluate uncertainties from the ABB RPM value from section 11.6.1.2.10) instead of uncertainties from the GE Flow Units: einput4D sLO einput4D sLO einput4D sLO +(FCS*L'e6)]+/-[0.82+(0.553333*1.845461)] +/-1.841154%Power And the module 4D A V error for SLO is determined as einput4D AVSLO einput4D AvsLO einput4D AvsLO +(FCS*L'e6)]+/-[O+(0.553333*1.845461)] +/-1.021154%Power 9.Revise section 11.4.4.2.10.1 as follows:=+/-(l25/100)*(e4DH +e4DT+e4DR+e4DS+e4DSP+e4DP+e4Dp+e4DV)+einput4D+/-(l25/100)*(0 +0+0+0+0+0+0+0)+1.970337+/-1.970337%Power And the module 4D A V error for TLO is determined as+/-(l251100)*(e4DH +e4DT+e4DR+e4DS+e4DSP+e4DP+e4Dp+e4DV)+einput4D Av+/-(1251100)*(0 +0+0+0+0+0+0+0)+1.150337+/-1.150337%Power ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 10.Revise section 11.4.4.2.10.2 as follows: REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.17 I:e4D sLO I:e4D sLO I:e4D sLO+/-(125/l00)*(e4DH +e4DT+e4DR+e4DS+e4DSP+e4DP+e4Dp+e4DV)+einput4D sLO+/-(125/l00)*(0 +0+0+0+0+0+0+0)+1.841154+/-1.841154%Power And the module 4D AV error for SLO is determined as I:e4D AvsLO I:e4D AvsLO+/-(125/100)*(e4DH +e4DT+e4DR+e4DS+e4DSP+e4DP+e4Dp+e4DV)+einput4D AvsLO+/-(125/100)*(0 +0+0+0+0+0+0+0)+1.021154+/-1.021154%Power 11.5.3 Module 5C (Trip Circuit-Flow Biased)1.Revise section 11.5.3 as follows: Module 5C receives an analog input from the Averaging Circuitry and Gain Change Circuitry theABB RFM (Module 6), and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the input signal from the Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry and the reference value, which is a function of the ABB RFM flow signal.Therefore, Module 5C is a bistable module.2.Revise section 11.5.3.1.5 as follows to evaluate uncertainties from the ABB RPM (a6 and a6 c values from section 11.6.1.1.6) instead of uncertainties from the GE Flow Units.Refer to section 11.6 of this minor revision for determination of ABB RPM uncertainties. This minor revision also corrects the computation ofFCS RBM.11.5.3.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput5C) In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 5A and Module 6 must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on these input signals ainput5C and ainput5C Av become equal to the combination by SRSS of the random input terms a5A and (16, and a5A AV and (16 c.However, before a5A and (16, and a5A A v and (16 c can be combined, (16 andmust be converted from%Flow to%Power by multiplying by the slope of the curve in the Flow Controlled Trip Reference Unit.From the applicable procedures in Reference 3.5 this slope (FCSRBM(SP>>) is equal to 0.66%Power per%Flow.However, per Section 2.2 this slope has been modified to account for setting uncertainties. Therefore, therefore,=FCSRBM(SP) +[(0.04+0.04) /0.08J/100 0.66+[(0.04+0.04)/O.08J/100 0.670000 ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 ainputSC ainputSC ainputSC REVISION NO.002D+/-[aSA 2+(FCS RBM*0"6i]0.5%Power+/-[1.8S0009 2+(0.670000*2.112581)2]0.5 %Power+/-2.329372%Power PAGE NO.18 For the Allowable Value Determination this becomes: ainputSCAv ainputSC Av ainputSC Av+/-[aSAA/+(FCS RBM*0"6 c i]0.5%Power+/-[1.610749 2+(0.670000*1.0354501i]0.5 %Power+/-1.753797%Power 3.Revise section 11.S.3.1.6 as follows: aSC +(RDSC(lcri +(CALSC)2+(STSC(lcri +(ainputSC) 2]0.5%Power aSC+/-[(0.62S)+(1.234276)2 +(0.0022S)2 +(0.166667i +(2.329372i]0.5 %Power aSC+/-2.714373%Power And, +(RDSC(lcr)i +(CALSC)2+(STSC(lcr>>)2 +(ainputSC Av)2]0.5%Power+/-[(0.62S)+(1.234276)2 +(0.0022Si+(0.166667)2 +(1.753797/]°*5 %Power+/-2.240011%Power 4.Revise section 11.S.3.2.9 as follows to evaluate uncertainties from the ABB RPM value from section 11.6.1.2.10) instead of uncertainties from the GE Flow Units.Also corrected the computation ofFCS RBM: 11.S.3.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einputSC) In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module SA and Module 6 must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on these input signals einputSC and become equal to the combination by SRSS of the random input terms and.Ee6, and and.Ee6dJ::: However, before and.Ee6, and and.Ee6dJ:: can be combined,.Ee6 and.Ee6dJ:: must be converted from%Flow to%Power by multiplying by the slope of the curve in the Flow Controlled Trip Reference Unit.From the applicable procedures in Reference 3.S this slope (FCSRBM(sP>>) is equal to 0.66%Power per%Flow.However, per Section 2.2 this slope has been modified to account for setting uncertainties. Therefore, And einputSC einputSC einputSC einputSC Av einputSC Av einputSC Av +(FCS RBM*.Ee6)]%Power+/-[0.82+(0.670000*1.845461)] %Power+/-2.056459%Power +(FCS RBM*.Ee6)]%Power+/-[O+(0.670000*1.845461)] %Power+/-1.236459%Power ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 5.Revise section 11.5.3.2.10 as follows: REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.19 And Le5C=Le5C Le5C+/-(125/100)*(e5CH +e5CT+e5CR+e5CS+e5CSP+e5CP+e5Cp+e5CV)+einput5C%Power+/-(125/100)*(0 +0+0+0+0+0+0+0)+2.056459%Power+/-2.056459%Power+/-(125/l00)*(e5CH +e5CT+e5CR+e5CS+e5CSP+e5CP+e5Cp+e5CV)+einput5C Av%Power+/-(125/l00)*(O +0+0+0+0+0+0+0)+1.236459%Power+/-1.236459%Power 11.6.1 Module 6 Analog Section 1.Section 11.6.1.1.3: Delete existing text under section 11.6.1.1.3 and replace with the following new text as follows: 11.6.1.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL6)Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, this module contains circuits which are calibrated individually. These circuits consists of: 1)input isolators (one for each recirculation flow loop), 2)square root converters, 3)a summer, and 4)an analog output isolator (which provides the total output flow signal).The uncertainties associated with calibrating the ABB RPM circuits consist of the uncertainties in setting the input signal and the uncertainties in reading the output signal.References 3.5.y and 3.5.z specify use of Fluke 45 DMM's for measurement of voltage input and output signals.For the voltage range of interest for this calculation (0-10 Vdc and with control room environments per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z), the reference accuracy for a Fluke 45 is+/-0.002462 Vdc (see section 9.0).The Fluke 45 is a digital output device, and therefore, the reading error is considered to be the least significant increment of the display (or resolution)(see Reference 3.34).Per section 9.1, reading error is included in the+/-O.002462 V dc uncertainty value.From Section 5.2, errors attributedtocalibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only terms which contribute to calibration uncertainty (CAL)are uncertainties associated with measuring input calibration signals (MTE1)and output calibration signals (MTE2).Calibration uncertainties associated with the ABB RPM is determined below: a)Input Isolators The input isolators are calibrated by applying a measured pressure input signal into the flow transmitter while measuring the output of the isolator with a Fluke 45.The uncertainty associated with measuring the transmitter input signal is determined in Section 11.1.1.3 and is listed below: ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.20 MTEl n (cs)=MTEI IT (cs)=+/-0.868971%CS[1 cr]The uncertainty associated with measuring the output from the isolator is determined above as, MTE2 n+/-0.002462 Vdc[1 cr]These uncertainties are converted to equivalent output values at the square root converter and then to equivalent output values at the summer.However, MTEl n (cs)is first converted to a voltage value by multiplying it by the input isolator calibration span (10 V dc)and dividing by 100%.MTEl n (MTEl n (cs))*(10 Vdc/100%CS)+/-(0.868971 %CS)*(10 V dc/100%CS)+/-0.086897 V dc[1 cr]Convert to equivalent square root converter output value by utilizing equations and the operating point of interest (75%flow=3.6 Vdc)determined in Section 4.16: by substitution, MTEl n (sRoun MTE2 n (SR OUT)=+/-[(3.162278 VdcNdc°.5)*(MTEl n)]I[2(3.6 Vdc)0.5]=+/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco.5)*(0.086897 Vdc)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)0.5]=+/-0.072414 Vdc=+/-[(3.162278 VdcNdc°.5)*(MTE2 n)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)0.5]=+/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco.5)*(0.002462 Vdc)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)0.5]=+/-0.002052 Vdc[1 cr][1 cr]Convert to equivalent summer output value by utilizing equations determined in Section 4.17: crOUT=[(kl*crERROR xi+(k2*crERROR Y i]O.5 by substitution, MTE 1 n (SUM OUT)MT2 n (SUM OUT)+/-[(kl*MTEl n (sRoun)2+(k2*MTEl n (SR OUT)i]0.5+/-[(0.5*0.072414 Vdc)2+(0.5*0.072414 Vdc)2]0.5+/-0.051204 Vdc+/-[(kl*MTE2 n (SROUTi+(k2*MTE2 n (SROuni]0.5 +/-[(0.5*0.002052 vdci+(0.5*0.002052 Vdci]0.5+/-0.001451 Vdc[1 cr][1 cr]Note that MTEl n is already included in the determination of Module 1 random input uncertainty (lcr)determined in Section 11.1.1.8 and will therefore not be included in the determination of CAL6.b)Square Root Converters The square root converters are calibrated by applying a measured input signal with a Fluke 45 while measuring the output of the converter with another Fluke 45.The uncertainties associated with measuring ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.21 the square root converter input and output signals (MTE1 and MTE2, respectively) was detennined above as: MTEl sR MTE2 sR+/-0.002462 Vdc+/-0.002462 Vdc[1 cr][1 cr]Convert MTEl sR to an equivalent square root converter output value by utilizing equations and the operating point of interest (75%flow=3.6 Vdc)detennined Section 4.16: by substitution, MTE1 SR (SR OUT)=+/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco.5)*(MTE1 sR)]/[2(3.6 VdC)O.5]=+/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco.5)*(0.002462 Vdc)]/[2(3.6 VdC)O.5]=+/-0.002052 V dc[1 cr]Convert to equivalent summer output value by utilizing equations detennined in Section 4.17: by substitution, MTE1 SR (SUM OUT)MTE2 SR (SUM OUT)c)Summer+/-[(k1* +(k2*+/-[(0.5*0.002052Vdc) +(0.5*0.002052 Vdci].5+/-0.001451 Vdc+/-[(k1*MTE2 sR)2+(k2*MTE2 sR i]0.5+/-[(0.5*0.002462 vdci+(0.5*0.002462 Vdci]o.5+/-0.001741 Vdc[1 cr][1 cr]The summer is calibrated by applying two measured input signals with two Fluke 45's (MTEl suM)while measuring the output of the summer with a third Fluke 45 (MTE2 sUM)'The uncertainties associated with measuring the summer input and output signals (MTEl suM and MTE2 sUM , respectively) was detennined above as: MTEl sUM MTE2 sUM+/-0.002462 Vdc+/-0.002462 Vdc[1 cr][1 cr]Convert to equivalent summer output value by utilizing equations detennined in Section 4.17: by substitution, MTE 1 SUM (SUM OUT)d)Output Isolator+/-[(k1*MTEl suM i+(k2*MTEl suM i]O.5+/-[(0.5*0.002462 vdci+(0.5*0.002462 Vdci]o.5+/-0.001741 Vdc[1 cr] ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.22 The output isolator is calibrated by applying a measured input signal with a Fluke 45 while measuring the output with another Fluke 45.The uncertainties associated with measuring the isolator input and output signals (MTE1 and MTE2, respectively) was determined above as: MTE1 0I MTE2 0I+/-0.002462 Vdc+/-0.002462 Vdc[1 cr][1 cr]e)Determine Total Calibration Uncertainty (CAL6): Using the methodology of Reference 3.34: CAL6 vDC+/-[(MTE2 n (SUM OUT>>2+(MTE1 sR (sUMOUTl+(MTE2 sR (sUMOUTi+(MTEl sUM (SUM OUT)i+(MTE2 sUM i+(MTE1 0I i+(MTE2 o ii]o.5+/-[(0.001451 vdci+(0.001451 vdci+(0.001741 vdci+(0.001741 vdci+(0.002462 Vdc)2+(0.002462 vdci+(0.002462 Vdci]o.5+/-0.005335 Vdc Convert to%CS by multiplying by 100%and dividing by 10 V dc...[1 cr]CAL6+/-(0.005335 Vdc)(100%CS/10 Vdc)+/-0.053350%CS[1 cr]2.Section 11.6.1.1.4: Delete existing text under section 11.6.1.1.4 and replace with the following new text as follows: 11.6.1.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST6)Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, this module contains circuits which are calibrated individually. These circuits consists of: 1)input isolators (one for each recirculation flow loop), 2)square root converters, 3)a summer, and 4)an analog output isolator (which provides the total output flow signal).The setting tolerances associated with calibrating the ABB RFM circuits consist of a combination of the input calibration tolerances (T1)and output calibration tolerances (T2).Setting tolerance uncertainties associated with the ABB RFM is determined below: a)Input Isolators Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, calibration tolerances associated with calibrating the input isolator are, Tin=0 T2 n=+/-0.05 Vdc These uncertainties are 3cr values and must be converted to 1 cr values by dividing by three.These uncertainties are converted to equivalent output values at the square root converter and then to equivalent output values at the summer.Convert to equivalent square root converter output value by utilizing equations and the operating point of interest (75%flow=3.6 Vdc)determined in Section 4.16: by substitution, ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 T2 n (SR OUT)REVISION NO.002D=+/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco, s)*(T2 n/3)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)o.s]=+/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco, s)*(0.05 Vdc/3)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)O.5]=+/-0.013889 Vdc PAGE NO.23[10]Convert to equivalent summer output value by utilizing equations detennined in Section 4.17: by substitution, T2 n (SUM OUT)+/-[(k1*T2 n (SROUTi+(k2*T2 u (SROUTi]o.s +/-[(0.5*0.013889 VdC)2+(0.5*0.013889 Vdcit S+/-0.009821 Vdc[10]b)Square Root Converters Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, calibration tolerances associated with calibrating the square root converters are, Tl SR+/-0.050 Vdc T2 sR+/-0.025 Vdc These uncertainties are 30 values and must be converted to 10 values by dividing by three.Convert T1 SR to an equivalent square root converter output value by utilizing equations and the operating point of interest (75%flow=3.6 Vdc)detennined Section 4.16: by substitution, T1 SR (SROUT)=+/-[(3.162278 VdcNdc°.5)*(Tl SR/3)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)o.s]=+/-[(3.162278 VdcNdc°.5)*(0.050 Vdc/3)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)o.s]=+/-0.013889 Vdc Convert to equivalent summer output value by utilizing equations detennined in Section 4.17: by substitution,T1 SR (SUM OUT)T2 SR (SUM OUT)c)Summer+/-[(k1*Tl SR (SROUT>>2+(k2*Tl SR (SROUT>>2]O.S +/-[(0.5*0.013889 VdC)2+(0.5*0.013889 Vdci]o.s+/-0.009821 Vdc+/-[(k1*T2 sR i+(k2*T2 sR i]o.s+/-[(0.5*0.025 Vdc/3i+(0.5*0.025 Vdc/3i]o.s +/-0.005893 Vdc[10][10] ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.24 Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, calibration tolerances associated with calibrating the summer are, Tl sUM T2 sUM o+/-0.010 Vdc These uncertainties are 3a values and must be converted to 1 a values by dividing by three.T2 sUM d)Output Isolator+/-0.010 Vdc/3+/-0.003333 Vdc[la]Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, calibration tolerances associated with calibrating the output isolator are, TIm T2 m o+/-0.010 Vdc These uncertainties are 3a values and must be converted to 1 a values by dividing by three.T2 m+/-0.010 Vdc/3+/-0.003333 Vdc[la]e)Determine Total Setting Tolerance Uncertainty (ST6): Using the methodology of Reference 3.34: ST6 yDC=+/-[(0.009821 vdci+(0.009821 vdci+(0.005893 vdci+(0.003333 vdci+(0.003333 Vdci]O.5+/-0.015807 Vdc Convert to%CS by multiplying by 100%and dividing by 10 V dc[la]ST6+/-(0.015807 Vdc)(100%CS/10 Vdc)+/-0.158070%CS[la]3.Section 11.6.1.1.5: Delete existing text under section 11.6.1.1.5 and replace with the following new text as follows: 11.6.1.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput6)In addition to its own error terms, Module 6 also operates on the error terms from Module 1.Therefore, the random error term (1 a)from the flow transmitter must be transferred through the ABB RPM from input to output per Section 4.16 and 4.17.The resultant term will be ainput6 and ainput6 c for this module.From Section 11.1.1.8, a1+/-2.691847%CS[la] ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 For the Comparator Trip REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.25 ale+/-0.998018% CS[1 a]The errors are transferred through the ABB RFM as follows: Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, this module contains circuits which contain square root converters and a summer.These uncertainties are converted to equivalent output values at the square root converters and then to equivalent output values at the summer.Convert to equivalent square root converter output value by utilizing equations and the operating point of interest (75%flow=36%CS)determined in Section 4.16: by substitution, ainput6(sR) ainput6C(sR) +/-[(10%CS/%CS°.5)*(a1)]/[2(36 %CS)O.5]+/-[(10%CS/%CS°.5)*(2.691847 %CS)]/[2(36 %CS)O.5]+/-2.243206%CS+/-[(10%CS/%CS°.5)*(a1c)]/[2(36 %CS/.5]+/-[(10%CS/%CS°.5)*(0.998018 %CS)]/[2(36 %CS)O.5]+/-0.831682%CS[1 a][la]Convert to equivalent summer output value by utilizing equations determined in Section 4.17: aOUT=[(k1*aERROR xi+(k2*aERROR Y i]O.5 by substitution, ainput6 ainput6 e+/-[(k1*ainput6(SR) i+(k2*crinput6(sRl]0.5 +/-[(0.5*2.243206 %csi+(0.5*2.243206 %CS)2]0.5+/-1.586186%CS+/-[(kl*ainput6 e (SR)2+(k2*ainput6 e (sR)i]o.5+/-[(0.5*0.831682 %csi+(0.5*0.831682 %CSi]O.5+/-0.588088%CS[1 a][1 a]4.Revise section 11.6.1.1.6 as follows: 11.6.1.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (a6)Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, and converting to%Flow by multiplying by 125/100: a6+/-(125/100)*[(RA6(l"l +(RD6(l"l+(CAL6i+(ST6(l"/+(ainput6i]o.5 %Flow+/-(125/100)*[(0.5)2 +(0.25i+(0.053350i +(0.158070) +(l.586186i]o.5 %Flow+/-2.112581%Flow[la]For the Comparator Trip: a6 e+/-(125/100)*[(RA6(l"l +(RD6(l"l+(CAL6i+(ST6(l"l+(ainput6 e if 5%Flow ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.26+/-(125/l00)*[(0.5)2 +(0.25i+(O.053350i +(O.158070i +(O.588088i]o.s %Flow+/-l.035450%Flow[la]11.6.1.2 Module 6 Non-Random Errors 1.Section 11.6.1.2.9: Delete existing text under section 11.6.1.2.9 and replace with the following new text as follows: 11.6.1.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput6)In addition to its own error terms, Module 6 also operates on the error terms from Module 1.Therefore, the non-random error term from the flow transmitter must be transferred through the ABB RFM from input to output per Section 4.16 and 4.17.The resultant term will be einput6 for this module.From Section 11.1.2.10,=1.171643%CS The errors are transferred through the ABB RFM as follows: Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, this module contains circuits which contain square root converters and a summer.These uncertainties are converted to equivalent output values at the square root converters and then to equivalent output values at the summer.Convert to equivalent square root converter output value by utilizing equations and the operating point of interest (75%flow=36%CS)determined in Section 4.16: by substitution, einput6(sR) +/-[(10%CS/% %CS)o.s]+/-[(10%CS/%CSo.s)*(1.171643 %CS)]/[2(36 %CS)O.5]+/-0.976369%CS Convert to equivalent summer output value by utilizing equations determined in Section 4.17: eOUT=(kl*eERRORX)+(k2*eERROR y)by substitution, einput6+/-(k1*einput6(sR) +(k2*einput6(sR) +/-(0.5*0.976369 %CS)+(0.5*0.976369 %CS)+/-0.976369%CS 2.Revise 11.6.1.2.10 as follows: 11.6.1.2.10 Non-Random ErrorFrom Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.In addition, this term can be converted to%Flow by multiplying by 125/100.The result is; ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.27 11.6.2.1 Le6+/-(1251100)*(e6H+e6T+e6R+e6S+e6SP+e6P+e6p+e6V+einput6)%Flow+/-(1251100)*(0 +0.5+0+0+0+0+0+0+ 0.976369)%Flow+/-1.845461%Flow Module 6A Random Error (0"6A)1.Revise Section 11.6.2.1.1 as follows to correct RA6A reference accuracy determination: Per Section 8.6.1, the reference accuracy for this module is: RA6A=+/-2%CS (based on 1%trip setpoint error plus 1%total flow signal error)Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to bea2 sigma value.This is then converted toa1 sigma value by dividing by 2.In the same step this will be converted to%Flow by multiplying by 125/100.RA6A(lG)RA6A(lG)RA6AIG)+/-(RA6A12*(125/100)%Flow+/-(2%CS/2)*(125/100)%Flow+/-1.25%Flow (overall RFM uncertainty from input through actuation) 2.Section 11.6.2.1.3: Delete existing text under section 11.6.2.1.3 and replace with the following new text as follows: 11.6.2.1.3 CAL6A: Calibration Uncertainty (CAL6A and CAL6B)Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, this module is a bistable, and it specifies use of a Fluke 45 DMM for measurement ofvoltageinput signals while monitoring the module for actuation. For the voltage range of interest for this calculation (0-10 Vdc and with control room environments per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z), the reference accuracy for a Fluke 45 is+/-0.002462 Vdc (from Section 9.0).The Fluke 45 is a digital output device, and therefore, the reading error is considered to be the least significant increment of the display (or resolution)(see Reference 3.34).Per section 9.1, reading error is included in the uncertainty value.From Section 5.2, errors attributed to calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only terms which contribute to calibration uncertainty (CAL)are uncertainties associated with measuring input calibration signals (MTE1)and output calibration signals (MTE2).Since there is only one MTE used to calibrate this module, CAL6A vDC+/-0.002462 Vdc[10"]Convert to%Flowby multiplying by 125%Flow and dividing by 10 V dc.CAL6A CAL6B:+/-(0.002462 Vdc)(125%Flow/10 Vdc)+/-0.030775%Flow[10"]Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, this module is a bistable that compares two input signals and actuates upon specified deviations. References 3.5.y and 3.5.z specifies use oftwo Fluke 45 DMM's for measurement ofvoltageinput signals while monitoring the module for actuation. For the voltage range of ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.28 interest for this calculation (0-10 Vdc and with control room environments per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z), the reference accuracy for a Fluke 45 is+/-0.002462 Vdc (from Section 9.0)which includes reading error.This module is modeled as a summer to combine the two measured input signals by utilizing equations determined in Section 4.17.It is calibrated by applying two measured input signals with two Fluke 45 DMM's (MTEl o and MTE2 o)while monitoring it for actuation. The uncertainties associated with measuring the input and signals (MTEl o and MTE2 o)was determined above as: MTEl o MTE2 0+/-0.002462 Vdc+/-0.002462 Vdc[1 a][1 a]Utilizing equations in Section 4.17, by substitution, CAL6B voc+/-[(kl*MTEl o)2+(k2*MTE2 o)2]O.S+/-[(0.5*0.002462 Vdc)2+(0.5*0.002462 Vdci]o.s+/-0.001741 Vdc[la]Convert to%Flow by multiplying by 125%Flow and dividing by 10 V dc.CAL6B+/-(0.001741 Vdc)(125%Flow/10 Vdc)+/-0.021763%Flow[1 a]3.Section 11.6.1.1.4: Delete existing text under section 11.6.1.1.4 and replace with the following new text as follows: 11.6.2.1.4 ST6A: Setting Tolerance (ST6A and ST6B)Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, the calibration tolerance for setting this module is, T6A+/-0.1 Vdc This uncertainty is a 3a values and must be converted to 1 a values by dividing by three.ST6A voc+/-(T6A)/3+/-(0.1 Vdc)/3+/-0.033333 Vdc[1 a]Convert to%Flow by multiplying by 125%Flow and dividing by 10 Vdc.ST6B: ST6A+/-(0.033333 Vdc)(125%Flow/10 Vdc)+/-0.416663%Flow[1 a] ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.29 Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, this module is a bistable that compares two input signals and actuates upon specified deviations. From References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, the calibration tolerances forsettingthe two inputs signals are: T6B1+/-0.1 Vdc T6B2+/-0.01 Vdc These uncertainties are a 3cr values and must be converted to 1cr values by dividing by three.ST6B1 yDC ST6B2 yDC+/-(T6B1)/3+/-(0.1 Vdc)/3+/-0.033333 Vdc+/-(T6B2)/3+/-(0.01 Vdc)/3+/-0.003333 Vdc[1 cr][1 cr]This module is modeled as a summer to combine the two measured input tolerances by utilizing equations determined in Section 4.17.by substitution, ST6B yDC+/-[(k1*ST6B1 YDci+(k2*ST6B2 yDC i]O.5+/-[(0.5*0.033333 vdci+(0.5*0.003333 Vdci]O.5+/-0.016750Vdc [1 cr]Convert to%Flow by multiplying by 125%Flow and dividing by 10 V dc.ST6B+/-(0.016750 Vdc)(125%Flow 110 Vdc)+/-0.209375%Flow[lcr]4.Section 11.6.2.1.5: Delete existing text under section 11.6.2.1.5 and replace with the following new text as follows: 11.6.2.1.5 Input Uncertainty (crinput6A and crinput6B) In addition to its own error terms, Modules 6A and 6B also operate on the error terms from Module 6.Therefore, the random error terms (cr6 and cr6c)from Module 6 must be transferred through Modules 6A and 6B.The resultant terms will be crinput6A and crinput6B for this module.However since cr6 and cr6 c includes the total flow Reference Accuracy (RA6(1cr)) as noted in section 11.6.1.1.6, RA6(1cr)will be subtracted from the values of cr6 and cr6c to determine crinput6A and crinput6B. This is because the reference accuracy of Module 6A (RA6A)is expressed in terms of totaloveralluncertainty. crinput6A crinput6A Ay+/-(125%Flow/100%CS)[[(lOO% CS 1125%Flow)*(cr6)f-(RA6(1cr)i]o.5 +/-(125%Flow/100%CS)[[(100% CS/125%Flow)*(2.112581)]2-(0.5%CSi]O.5+/-2.018012%Flow+/-(125%Flow/100%CS)[[(100% CS 1125%Flow)*(cr6c)]2-(RA6(1cr)i]o.5 +/-(125%Flow/100%CS)[[(100% CS 1125%Flow)*(1.035450)]2-(0.5%CSi]O.5 ANALYSIS NO.L-001345=+/-0.825549%Flow REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.30 For the Comparator Trip, input errors are combined by modeling the comparator as a summer per equations in section 4.17, because the comparator is influenced by two input uncertainties. As such, the process errors will cancel each other (see section 4.9).Therefore, O'input6A Av will be utilized to determine O'input6B as follows: O'input6B+/-[(k1*O'input6A Av i+(k2*O'input6A Av i]0.s+/-[(0.5*0.825549 %Flow)2+(0.5*0.825549 %Flowi]o.s+/-0.583751%Flow[10'](Note that use of 0'6 and O'6 c values in this determination is slightly conservative, because the values of 0'6 and O'6 c includes calibration and setting tolerance uncertainties associated with the ABB RPM output isolator, and the output isolator does not contribute uncertainty to the bistable circuits.Impact due to this conservatism is negligible compared to the other error terms.)5.Section 11.6.2.1.6: Delete existing text under section 11.6.2.1.6 and replace with the following new text as follows: 11.6.2.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (O'6A, O'6B)Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, O'6A O'6B +(RD6A(lcri +(CAL6Ai+(ST6A(lcr>>)2 +(O'input6Ai]0.s %Flow+/-[(1.25i+(Oi+(0.030775i +(0.416663)2 +(2.018012i]0.s %Flow+/-2.410275%Flow[10'] + +(CAL6Ai+ +(O'input6A Av i]0.5%Flow+/-[(1.25)2+(Oi+(0.030775i +(0.416663i +(0.825549)2]0.5 %Flow+/-1.555180%Flow[10'] + +(CAL6B)2+(ST6B(1cri +(O'input6B)2]0.s %Flow+/-[(1.25i+(Oi+(0.021763i +(0.209375i +(0.583751i]0.s %Flow+/-1.395556%Flow[10']11.6.2.2 Module 6A Non-Random Errors 1.Section 11.6.2.2.9: Delete existing text under section 11.6.2.2.9 and replace with the following new text as follows: 11.6.2.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput6A and einput6B)In addition to its own error terms, Modules 6A and 6B also operate on the error terms from Module 6.Therefore, the non-random error term from the Module 6 must be transferred through the ABB Bitable from input to output.The resultant terms will be einput6A and einput6.From Section 11.1.2.10, einput6A+/-1.845461%Flow ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.31 For the Comparator Trip, input errors are combined by modeling the comparator as a summer per equations in section 4.17.einput6B+/-(kl*Le6)+(k2*Le6)+/-(0.5*1.845461 %Flow)+(0.5*1.845461 %Flow)"+/-1.84546l%Flow[la]2.Revise section 11.6.2.2.10 as follows: 11.6.2.2.10 Non-Random Error (Le6A, Le6B)From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.In addition, all terms except einput6A and einput6B are in%CS and must be multiplied by 125/100 to convert to%Flow.Le6A+/-(125/100)*(e6AH +e6AT+e6AR+e6AS+e6ASP+e6AP+e6Ap+e6AV)+einput6A%Flow+/-(125/100)*(0 +0+0+0+0+0+0+ 0)+1.845461%Flow+/-1.845461%Flow Le6B+/-(125/l00)*(e6AH +e6AT+e6AR+e6AS+e6ASP+e6AP+e6Ap+e6AV)+einput6B%Flow+/-(125/l00)*(0 +0+0+0+0+0+0+ 0)+1.845461%Flow+/-1.845461%Flow ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.32 12.0 INSTRUMENT CHANNEL TOTAL ERRORS 1.Revise section 12.1.1 as follows by applying the recalculated module errors:+/-(2*cr4D+ +/-(2*2.581939+1.970337)+/-7.134215%Power And theAV total error for TLO is determined as TenAFB(AV) TenAFB(AV) TenAFB(AV) +/-(2*cr4D AV+ +/-(2*2.228588+1.150337)+/-5.607513% Power 2.Revise section 12.1.2 as follows by applying the recalculated module errors: TenAFBSLO TenAFBSLO TenAFBSLO+/-(2*cr4D sLO+ +/-(2*2.509742+1.841154)+/-6.860638%Power And theAV total error for SLO is determined as T enAFB(A V)SLO TenAFB(AV) SLO TenAFB(A V)SLO+/-(2*cr4D AVSLO+ +/-(2*2.208686+1.021154)+/-5.438526%Power 3.Revise section 12.3 as follows by applying the recalculated module errors and Leve12 methodology defined in minor revision 2A: TenRFB TenRFB(AV) +/-(cr5C+ %Power+/-(cr5C AV+ %Power[Ref 3.34][Ref 3.34]These uncertainty terms include both the uncertainties associated with the RBM neutron signal and the Recirculation Flow Monitor.From Sections 11.5.3.1.6 and 11.5.3.2.10: And TenRFB(AV) TenRFB(AV) +/-(2.714373+2.056459)%Power+/-4.770832%Power+/-(2.240011 +1.236459)%Power+/-3.476470%Power 4.Revise section 12.5 as follows by applying the errors from the ABB RPM ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.33 TenRFMU and TenRFMU(AV) are made up of the uncertainty terms from Recirculation Flow Monitor 6A.From Sections 11.6.2.1.6 and 11.6.2.2.10: And TenRFMU TenRFMU TenRFMU TenRFMU(AV) =TenRFMU(AV) =TenRFMU(AV) =+/-(2l16A+.Ee6A)%Flow+/-(2*2.410275+1.845461)%Flow+/-6.666011%Flow+/-(2l16A AV+.Ee6A)%Flow+/-(2*1.555180+1.845461)%Flow+/-4.955821% Flow Note that for the RFM loops there were no non-random terms associated with the process.Therefore, the non-random term.Ee6A is applicable to both the AL andAV total error terms.5.Revise section 12.6 as follows by applying the errors from the ABB RFM TenRFMC and TenRFMC(AV) are made up of the uncertainty terms from Recirculation Flow Monitor 6B.From Sections 11.6.2.1.6 and 11.6.2.2.10: TenRFMC TenRFMC TenRFMC+/-(2l16B+.Ee6B)%Flow+/-(2*1.516003+1.845461)%Flow+/-4.877467%Flow Per Section 4.9, the process variables have already been removed from the uncertainty terms for the comparator trip.Therefore, TenRFMC(AV) =TenRFMC+/-4.877467%Flow ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 13.0 ERROR ANALYSIS

SUMMARY

REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.34 1.Delete section 13.0 and replace with the following: The tetaluncertainties applicable te the ABB Flew Unit are Sill£Iller than these asseeiated with the GE Flew Unit.There/ere, all cakulatiens will beperfermed using these terllls applicable te the GE Flew Unit since the results will then be censerWltiYe far epeMtien using the ABB Flew Unit.Per section 4.15, the GE Flow Units have been replaced with ABB RFM Flow Units.Therefore, calculation results are based on ABB RFM Flow Unit uncertainties. 2.Revise section 13.1.1 as follows: NTSP STP2 NTSP STP2 NTSP sTP2 FCSsp*W+(ALSTP20S-TenAFB)0.61*W+(69.76-7.134215)0.61*W+62.625785, rounded to 0.61W+62.6%Power In similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.607513%Power)from Section 12.1.1 AV STP2 AV STP2 AV STP2 FCSsp*W+NTSPSTP20S +TenAFB(AV) 0.61*W+62.625785+5.607513 0.61*W+68.233298, rounded to 0.61 W+68.2%Power 3.Revise section 13.1.2 as follows: NTSP sTPI NTSP sTPI NTSP STP1 FCSsp*W+(ALSTPIOS-TenAFB)0.54*W+(57.39-6.860638)0.54*W+50.529362, rounded to 0.54W+50.5%Power In similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.438526%Power)from Section 12.1.2 AV STP1 AV STP1 AV STP1 FCSsp*W+NTSP sTPIos+TenAFB(AV) 0.54*W+50.529362+5.438526 0.54*W+55.967888, rounded to 0.54W+55.9%Power 4.Revise section 13.1.3 as follows: NTSPSTP2RB NTSPSTP2RB NT SP STP2 RB FCSsp*W+(ALSTP2RBOS -TenAFB)0.61*W+(58.51-7.134215)0.61*W+51.375785, rounded to 0.61W+51.3%Power In similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.607513%Power)from Section 12.1.1 AVSTP2RB AVSTP2RB AVSTP2RB FCSsp*W+NTSPSTP2RBOS +TenAFB(AV) 0.61*W+51.375785+5.607513 0.61*W+56.983298, rounded to 0.61W+56.9%Power ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 5.Revise section 13.1.4 as follows: REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.35 NTSPSTPIRB NTSPSTPIRB NTSPSTPIRB FCSsp*W+(ALSTPIRBOS -TenAFB)0.54*W+(46.14-6.860638)0.54*W+39.279362, rounded to 0.54W+39.2%Power In similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.438526%Power)from Section 12.1.2 AVSTPIRB AVSTPIRB AVSTPIRB FCSsp*W+NTSPSTPIRBOS +TenAFB(AV) 0.54*W+39.279362+5.438526 0.54*W+44.717888, rounded to 0.54W+44.7%Power 6.Revise section 13.3.1 as follows with new total uncertainty and in accordance with minor revision 2A of this analysis: AV RBM2 AV RBM2 AV RBM2 NTSP+TenRFB(AV) %Power 0.66*W+51+3.476470%Power 0.66*W+54.476470%Power Because the computed AV is in excess of the Reference 3.15 value, the fixed offset ofthe final NTSP should be lowered at least 0.48%.For conservatism, the final calibration NTSP should be: NTSP RBM2 0.66W+50.5%Power 7.Revise section 13.3.2 as follows with new total uncertainty and in accordance with minor revision 2A of this analysis: AV RBM1 AV RBM1 AV RBM1 NTSP+TenRFB(AV) %Power 0.66*W+45.7+3.476470%Power 0.66*W+49.176470%Power Because the computedAV is in excess of the Reference 3.15 value, the fixed offset of the final NTSP should be lowered at least 0.48%.For conservatism, the final calibration NTSP should be: NTSP RBM1 0.66W+45.0%Power 8.Revise section 13.5 as follows: From Section 12.5 the total uncertainty for this function is+/-6.666011% Flow.From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is: AL RFMU AL RFMU AL RFMU NTSP RFMU+TenRFMU%Flow 108+6.666011%Flow 114.666011 %Flow In similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (4.955821%Flow)from Section 12.5.AV RFMU NTSP RFMU+TenRFMU(AV) %Flow ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 AV RFMU AV RFMU REVISION NO.002D 108+4.955821%Flow 112.955821% Flow PAGE NO.36 9.Revise section 13.6 as follows: From Section 12.6 the total uncertainty for this function is+/-4.877467% Flow.From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is: NTSP RFMC+TenRFMc%Flow 10+4.877467%Flow 14.877467%Flow Per Section 4.9 the process term has already been removed from the uncertainty terms for the comparator trip.Therefore, AV RFMU AL RFMC=14.877467%Flow 10.0 Add a new section 13.7 and subsections for as-left/as-found tolerances for the APRM flow biased trips for use in instrument performance trending as follows: 13.7 As-Left/As-Found Tolerances For APRM Flow Biased Trips As-Left/As-Found Tolerances (ALT's/AFT's)are determined for calibrated components, circuits, and modules associated with the APRM flow biased trips.As-Left/As-Found Tolerances are determined in accordance with the methodology provided in section 2.4 as follows: Module As-Left Tolerance (ALT): ALT=+/-[RA 2+MTE 2+RE MT lJo.5 Module As-Found Tolerance (AFT): where, RA RD MTE RE MTE=Module Reference Accuracy=Module Vendor Specified Instrument Drift=Module Measurement and Test Equipment (M&TE)Error=Module M&TE Readability If a particular calibrated component or circuit (or module)is not provided with a reference accuracy specification, the setting tolerance applied during module calibration will be used in place of the reference accuracy specification. The APRM flow biased trips consists of the following calibrated components or circuits, (or modules): a)Recirculation Flow Transmitters (Module 1)b)ABB RPM Input Isolators (Module 6 n) ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.37 c)ABB RFM Square Root Converters (Module 6 SR)d)ABB RFM Summer (Module 6 SUM)e)ABB RFM Output Isolator (Module 6 01)f)APRM Flow Biased Trip Circuit (Module 4D).As-Left/As-Found Tolerances are detennined for each of these modules per the above methodology as follows: 13.7.1 Recirculation Flow Transmitters (Module 1)As-Left/As-Found Tolerances a)RA: From section 11.1.1.1, RA1 rr=+/-0.25%CS b)RD: From section 11.1.1.2, RD1 rr=+/-0.606306%CS c)MTE Uncertainty: From Section 11.1.1.3, the uncertainty of the test equipment used to calibrate module 1 input setting is+/-O.868971%CS (1cr)which includes MTE readability uncertainty. This uncertainty value is converted to a 2-sigma value as follows: MTE1 rr IN+/-2*(0.868971%CS)+/-1.737942%CS Per Section 11.1.1.3, the DMM used to calibrate the transmitter output is a Fluke 45 which has an uncertainty of+/-0.012141 mVdc (1cr).Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, the calibrated span is 16mV dc.This uncertainty is converted to units of%CS and converted to a 2-sigma value as follows: MTE1 rrouT therefore, MTE1 rr+/-2*[(0.012141 mVdc/16 mVdc)*100%CS)]+/-0.151763%CS+/-[MTE1 rrIN 2+MTE1 rrou/]o.5+/-[(1.737942 %csi+(0.151763%CSi]O.5+/-1.744556%CS d)RE: As noted above, MTEl rrlN includes reading error.Per section 11.1.1.3, the reading error associated with the DMM is included in the uncertainty value.Therefore, RE1 rr MTE=0 e)ALT/AFT: By substitution into section 13.7 equations ALTl and AFT1 are detennined and converted into transmitter calibrated output units ofmV dc, ALTl rr+/-[RA1 rr 2+MTE1 rr 2+RElrTMTi]o.5 +/-(16 mVdc/lOO%CS)*[(0.25 %csi+(1.744556%csi+(Oi]O.5+/-0.281980 mVdc, (rounded to+/-0.282 mVdc) ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 AFTl rr REVISION NO.002D+/-[RA1 rr 2+RD1 rr 2+MTE1 rr 2+RE1 rrMT i]0.5+/-(16 mVdc/lOO%CS)*[(0.25 %csi+(0.606306%csi+(1.744556%csi+(Oi]O.5+/-0.298201 mVdc, (rounded to+/-0.298 mVdc)PAGE NO.38 The calculated As-Left Tolerance (ALTl rr)bounds the flow transmitter setting tolerance which is 0.08 mVdc per Reference 3.5.y and 3.5.z.13.7.2 ABB RFM (Module 6)As-Left/As-Found Tolerances Per section 8.6, the ABB RFM reference accuracy is provided as an overall accuracy specification. Accuracy specifications are not provided for individually calibrated circuits.Therefore, per methodology provided in section 2.4, setting tolerances for individually calibrated circuits will be substituted. RA ST 13.7.2.1 Additionally, the ABB RFM drift specification is also provided as an overall accuracy specification (+/-0.5%CS).Drift specifications are not provided for individually calibrated circuits.As such, the drift associated with each calibrated circuit will be divided between the four calibrated RFM circuits (input isolator, square root converter, summer, and output isolator). Drift is considered to be a random uncertainty. Therefore, drift for each individually calibrated RFM circuit is considered to be, Drift(cs)= +/-[(0.5%CS)2/4]O.5=+/-0.25%CS Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, the calibrated span is 10 Vdc, and drift uncertainty is converted to units of V dc as follows: Drift+/-(0.25%CS/100%CS)*10 Vdc+/-0.025000 Vdc ABB RFM Input Isolator Circuit (Module 6 11)As-Left/As-Found Tolerances a)RA: From References 3.5.y and 3.5.z and section 13.7.2 reference accuracy is, RA6 11=ST6 11+/-0.05 Vdc b)RD: From section 13.7.2 drift is, RD6 11=+/-0.025000 Vdc c)MTE Uncertainty: From Section 11.6.1.1.3.a, the uncertainty of the test equipment used to calibrate module 6 11 input setting is+/-0.868971%CS (1cr)which includes MTE readability uncertainty. This value is converted to a 2-sigma value and converted to units ofVdc as follows: MTE6 11IN+/-2*(0.868971%CS/100%CS)*10 Vdc+/-0.173794 V dc From section 11.6.1.1.3.a, the uncertainty of the DMM used to calibrate module 6 11 output is+/-0.002462 Vdc.This uncertainty value is converted to a 2-sigma value as follows: ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 MTE6 noUT therefore, MTE6 nREVISIONNO. 002D+/-2*(0.002462 Vdc)+/-0.004924 Vdc+/-[MTE6 n IN 2+MTE6 n OU/]O.5+/-[(O.l73794 vdci+(0.004924 Vdci]o.5+/-0.173864 Vdc PAGE NO.39 d)RE: As noted above, MTE6 n IN includes reading error.Per section 11.6.1.1.3, the reading error associated with the DMM is included in the uncertainty value.Therefore, RE6 nMTE=o e)ALT/AFT: By substitution into the section 13.7 equations ALT6 n and AFT6 n are determined as follows: ALT6 n AFT6 n+/-[RA6 n 2+MTE6 n 2+RE6 n MTi]o.5+/-[(0.05 vdci+(0.173864 VdC)2+(Oif 5+/-O.l80911 Vdc, (rounded to+/-0.181 Vdc)+/-[RA6 n 2+RD6 n 2+MTE6 n 2+RE6 n MTi]o.5+/-[(0.05 vdci+(0.025000 VdC)2+(0.173864 vdci+(0)2f5+/-O.l82630 Vdc, (rounded to+/-0.183 Vdc)13.7.2.1.2 a)The calculated As-Left Tolerance (ALT6 n)bounds the input isolator setting tolerance which is 0.05 Vdc per Reference 3.5.y and 3.5.z.ABB RPM Square Root Converter Circuit (Module 6 SR)As-Left/As-Found Tolerances RA: From section 13.7.2, RA=ST.From References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, there is an input setting tolerance (+/-0.05 Vdc)and an output setting tolerance (+/-0.025 Vdc).Therefore, RA6 sRIN RA6sROUT ST6 sRIN ST6sROUT+/-0.05 Vdc+/-0.025 Vdc Convert RA6 sR IN to an equivalent square root converter output value by utilizing equations and the calibrate flow value (75%flow=3.6 Vdc)determined Section 4.16: by substitution, RA6 sR IN is converted to equivalent square root converter output value (RA6 sR IN EQ)RA6sRINEQ therefore,=+/-[(3.l62278 VdcNdco.5)*(RA6 sRIN)]/[2(3.6 VdC)O.5]=+/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco.5)*(0.05 Vdc)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)O.5]=+/-0.041667 Vdc ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 RA6 sR REVISION NO.002D+/-[RA6 sR IN EQ 2+RA6 sR OU/]0.5+/-[(0.041667 vdci+(0.025 Vdci]o.s+/-0.048592 Vdc PAGE NO.40 b)RD: From section 13.7.2 drift is, RD6 SR=+/-0.025000 Vdc c)From section 11.6.1.1.3.b, the uncertainty associated with the DMM used for measuring the input setting for module 6 SR is+/-0.002462 Vdc (lcr).This value is converted to an equivalent square root converter output value by utilizing equations and calibrated flow value (75%flow=3.6 Vdc)determined Section 4.16: By substitution, MTE6 sR IN is converted to equivalent square root converter output value (MTE6 sR IN EQ): MTE6 sR IN EQ (lcr)=+/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco.s)*(RA6 sRIN)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)o.s]+/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco.s)*(0.002462 Vdc)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)o.s]+/-0.002052 Vdc This value is converted to a 2-sigma value, MTE6sRINEQ +/-(2*0.002052 Vdc)+/-0.004104 Vdc From section 11.6.1.1.3.b, the uncertainty associated with the DMM used for measuring the output setting for module 6 SR is+/-0.002462 Vdc (lcr).This value is converted to a 2-sigma value, MTE6sROUT= +/-(2*0.002462 Vdc)=+/-0.004924 Vdc therefore, MTE6 sR+/-[MTE6 sR IN EQ 2+RA6 SR OU/]O.S+/-[(0.004104 vdci+(0.004924 Vdci]o.s+/-0.006410 Vdc d)RE: Per section 11.6.1.1.3, the reading error associated with the DMM is included in the uncertainty value.Therefore, RE6sRMTE=o e)By substitution into the section 13.7 equations, ALT6 sR and AFT6 sR are determined as follows: ALT6 sR AFT6 sR+/-[RA6 SR 2+MTE6 SR 2+RE6 sR MTi]o.s+/-[(0.048592 vdci+(0.006410 vdci+(Oif s+/-O.049013 Vdc, (rounded to+/-0.049 Vdc)+/-[RA6 SR 2+RD6 SR 2+MTE6 SR 2+RE6 sR MTi]O.5+/-[(0.048592 VdC)2+(0.025000 vdci+(0.006410 vdci+(Oi]O.5+/-O.055021 Vdc, (rounded to+/-0.055 Vdc) ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.41 13.7.2.1.3 a)The calculated As-Left Tolerance (ALT6 sR)bounds the square root converter setting tolerance which is 0.025 Vdc per Reference 3.5.y and 3.5.z.ABB RFM Summer Circuit (Module 6 SUM)As-Left/As-Found Tolerances RA: From section 13.7.2, RA=ST.From References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, the output setting tolerance is+/-0.01O Vdc.Therefore, RA6 sUM=ST6 sUM=+/-0.010 Vdc b)RD: From section 13.7.2 drift is, RD6 SUM=+/-0.025000 Vdc c)From section 11.6.1.1.3.c, the uncertainty associated with the two DMM's used for measuring the input setting for module 6 SUM is+/-0.002462 Vdc (lo}This value is converted to an equivalent summer output value by utilizing equations determined Section 4.17: by substitution, MTE6 sUM IN EQ(lcr)+/-[(kl*MTE6 suM IN i+(k2*MTE6 suM IN iJO.5+/-[(0.5*0.002462 vdci+(0.5*0.002462 vdciJo.5+/-0.001741 Vdc This value is converted to a 2-sigma value, MTE6 sUM IN EQ+/-(2*0.001741Vdc) +/-0.003482 Vdc From section 11.6.1.1.3.c, the uncertainty associated with the DMM used for measuring the output setting for module 6 SUM is+/-0.002462 Vdc (la).This value is converted to a 2-sigma value, MTE6sUMoUT therefore, MTE6 sUM+/-(2*0.002462 Vdc)+/-0.004924 Vdc+/-[MTE6 suM IN EQ 2+RA6 sUM oulJO.5+/-[(0.003482 vdci+(0.004924 vdciJo.5+/-0.006031 Vdc d)RE: Per section 11.6.1.1.3, the reading error associated with the DMM is included in the uncertainty value.Therefore, RE6sRMTE=0 ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.42 e)By substitution into the section 13.7 equations, ALT6 sR and AFT6 sR are determined as follows: ALT6 sUM AFT6 sUM=+/-[RA6 sUM 2+MTE6 sUM 2+RE6 sUM MTi]0.5=+/-[(0.010V dc)2+(0.006031 V dc)2+(0)2]0.5=+/-O.011678 Vdc, (rounded to+/-0.012 Vdc)=+/-[RA6 sUM 2+RD6 SUM 2+MTE6 sR 2+RE6 sUM MTE2]0.5=+/-[(0.010 vdci+(0.025000 vdci+(0.006031 vdci+(Oi]O.5=+/-O.027593 Vdc, (rounded to=+/-0.028 Vdc)13.7.2.4 a)The calculated As-Left Tolerance (ALT6 sUM)bounds the summer setting tolerance which is 0.01 Vdc per Reference 3.5.y and 3.5.z.ABB RFM Output Isolator Circuit (Module 6 0 D As-Left/As-Found Tolerances RA: From References 3.5.y and 3.5.z and section 13.7.2 reference accuracy is, RA6 01=ST6 01=+/-0.010 Vdc b)RD: From section 13.7.2 drift is, RD6 01=+/-0.025000 V dc c)MTE Uncertainty: From section 11.6.1.1.3.d, the uncertainty ofthe DMM used to calibrate module 601 input is+/-0.002462 Vdc.This uncertainty value is converted to a 2-sigma value as follows: MTE6 010UT+/-2*(0.002462 Vdc)+/-0.004924 Vdc From section 11.6.l.1.3.d, the uncertainty ofthe DMM used to calibrate module 601 output is+/-0.002462 V dc.This uncertainty value is converted to a 2-sigma value as follows: MTE6 010UT therefore, MTE6 01+/-2*(0.002462 Vdc)+/-0.004924 Vdc+/-[MTE6 01 IN 2+MTE6 01 OU/]0.5+/-[(0.004924 vdci+(0.004924 vdcif 5+/-0.006964 Vdc d)RE: Per section 11.6.1.1.3, the reading error associated with the DMM is included in the uncertainty value.Therefore, RE6 01MTE=0 e)ALT/AFT: By substitution into the section 13.7 equations ALT6 01 and AFT6 01 are determined as follows: ALT6 01+/-[RA6 01 2+MTE6 01 2+RE6 01 MTi]0.5 ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D+/-[(0.010 vdci+(0.006964 vdci+(Oi]0.5+/-0.012186 Vdc, (rounded to+/-0.012 Vdc)PAGE NO.43 AFT6 01+/-[RA6 01 2+RD6 01 2+MTE6 01 2+RE6 01 MTE 2]0.5+/-[(0.010 vdci+(0.025000 vdci+(0.006964 Vdc)2+(Oi]0.5+/-0.027812 Vdc, (rounded to+/-0.028 Vdc)The calculated As-Left Tolerance (ALT6 01)bounds the output isolator setting tolerance which is 0.01 Vdc per Reference 3.5.y and 3.5.z.13.7.3 APRM Flow Biased Trip Circuit (Module 4D)As-Left/As-Found Tolerances a)RA: From sections 11.4.4.1.1, RA4D Oo)+/-0.625%Power This uncertainty value is converted to a 2-sigma value as follows: RA4D+/-2*(0.625%Power)+/-1.250000%Power b)RD: From section 11.4.4.1.2, RD4D Oo)+/-1.74553%Power This uncertainty value is converted to a 2-sigma value as follows: RD4D+/-2*(1.74553%Power)+/-3.491 060%Power c)MTE Uncertainty: Module 4D is calibrated by applying a simulated power input signal along with a simulated 75%recirculation flow input signal.The simulated power input signal is adjusted while the simulated 75%flow input signal is kept constant while monitoring the module for trip actuation. Both input signals are measured by a Fluke Model 8500A which per section 11.4.4.1.3, has an uncertainty of+/-0.00018 Vdc (lcr).Therefore uncertainty associated with power and flow signal measurement is, MTE4DpoWER (0)VDC MTE4D FLOW (0)VDC+/-0.00018 Vdc+/-0.00018 Vdc Per 3.5.y and 3.5.z, the calibrated span is 10 Vdc.MTE4DpOWER(lo)VDC is converted to units of%Power and converted into a 2-sigma value as follows: MTE4DpoWER +/-2*(0.00018 Vdc/10 Vdc)*125%Power+/-0.004500%Power Per 3.5.y and 3.5.z, the calibrated span is 10 Vdc.MTE4DFLOWOo) VDC is converted to units of%Power and converted into a 2-sigma value as follows: MTE4D FLOW+/-2*(0.00018 Vdc/10 Vdc)*125%Flow+/-0.004500%Flow ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.44 MTE4DpoWER and MTE4D FLOW are converted to an equivalent output value by applying the methodology established in sections 11.4.4.1.5.1 and 11.4.4.1.5.2. For Two Loop Operation (TLO): MTE4D TLO+/-[MTE4DpoWER 2+(0.623333*MTE4D FLOW)2]O.S+/-[(0.004500 %Poweri+((0.623333)*(0.004500%Flow)i]o.s +/-0.005303%Power For single Loop Operation (SLO): MTE4D sLO+/-[MTE4DpoWER 2+(0.553333*MTE4D FLOW)2]0.5+/-[(0.004500 %Poweri+((0.553333)*(0.004500%Flow>>2]o.s +/-0.005143%Power d)RE: The DMM is a digital output device, and therefore, the reading error is considered to be the least significant increment of the display (or resolution)(see Reference 3.34).Per section 9.1, reading error is included in the uncertainty value.RE4D MTE=0 e)ALT/AFT: By substitution into section 13.7 equations ALT4D and AFT4D are determined and converted into module 4D calibrated output units ofVdc, For Two Loop Operation (TLO): AFT4D TLO+/-(10 Vdc/125%Power)*[RA4D 2+MTE4D TL0 2+RE4D MT l]o.s+/-(10 Vdc/125%Power)*[(1.250000 %Poweri+(0.005303%Power)2+(Oi]o.s+/-0.100001 Vdc, (rounded to+/-0.100 Vdc)+/-(10 Vdc/125%Power)*[RA4D 2+RD4D 2+MTE4D TL0 2+RE4D MT l]0.5+/-(10 Vdc/125%Power)*[(1.250000 %Power)2+(3.491060%Power)2+(0.005303%Poweri+(Oif s+/-0.296648 Vdc, (rounded to+/-0.297 Vdc)For Single Loop Operation (SLO): ALT4D sLO AFT4D sLO+/-(10 Vdc/125%Power)*[RA4D 2+MTE4D sL0 2+RE4D MT l]0.5+/-(10 Vdc/125%Power)*[(1.250000 %Poweri+(0.005143%Power)2+(Oi]o.s+/-0.100001 Vdc, (rounded to+/-0.100 Vdc)+/-(10 Vdc/125%Power)*[RA4D 2+RD4D 2+MTE4D sL0 2+RE4D MT l]o.s+/-(10 Vdc/125%Power)*[(1.250000 %Poweri ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 REVISION NO.002D+(3.491060%Poweri+(0.005143%Power)2+(Oif 5+/-0.296648 Vdc, (rounded to+/-0.297 Vdc)PAGE NO.45 From the above results, impact on ALT and AFT due to TLO vs.SLO is negligible. The calculated As-Left Tolerance (ALT4D)bounds the Module 4D setting tolerance which is 0.04 Vdc per section 11.4.4.1.4. ANALYSIS NO.L-001345

14.0 CONCLUSION

S 1.Revise Section 14.1 as follows: REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.46 14.1.1 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Scram)-Two Loop Operation Analytical Limit: Tech Spec AV: Tech Spec NTSP: 0.61W+69.76%Power 0.61 W+68.2%Power 0.61W+62.6%Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of+/-0.04 Vdc.For example, with an 75%drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 108.35%(0.61*75+62.6).Since 108.35%on a 125%scale corresponds to 8.668 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale[10Vdc*108.35%/125%], a setpoint of 8.628+/-0.04 Vdc is recommended for 75%drive flow.14.1.2 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Scram)Single Loop Operation Analytical Limit: Tech Spec AV: Tech Spec NTSP: 0.54W+57.39%Power 0.54W+55.9%Power 0.54W+50.5%Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with an tolerance of+/-0.04 Vdc.For example, with an 75%drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 91.00%(0.54*75+50.5).Since 91.00%on a 125%scale corresponds to 7.280 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale[10Vdc*91.00%/125%], a setpoint of 7.240+/-0.04 Vdc is recommended for 75%drive flow.14.1.3 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Rod Block)Two Loop Operation Analytical Limit: Tech Spec A V: Tech Spec NTSP: 0.61W+58.51 %Power 0.61W+56.9%Power 0.61W+51.3%Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of+/-0.04 Vdc.For example, with an 75%drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 97.05%(0.61*75+51.3).Since 97.05%on a 125%scale corresponds to 7.764 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale[10Vdc*97.05%/125%], a setpoint of 7.724+/-0.04 Vdc is recommended for 75%drive flow.14.1.4 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Rod Block)Single Loop Operation Analytical Limit: Tech Spec AV: Tech Spec NTSP: 0.54W+46.14%Power 0.54W+44.7% Power 0.54W+39.2%Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of+/-0.04 Vdc.For example, with an 75%drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 79.70%(0.54*75+39.2).Since 79.70%on a 125%scale corresponds to 6.376 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale[1 OVdc*79.70%/125%), a setpoint of 6.336+/-0.04 Vdc is recommended for 75%drive flow. ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 2.Revise Section 14.5 as follows: 14.5 Recirculation Flow Monitor-Upscale REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.47 Tech Spec NTSP: Tech Spec AV: Calculated A V: Calculated AL: 108%Flow 111%Flow 112.95%Flow 114.66%Flow Reference 3.27 requested that these values be evaluated against an AL of 116%Flow.As the calculation shows there is a positive margin of about 1.34%Flow between the calculated AL and that of Reference 3.27.3.Revise Section 14.6 as follows: 14.6 Recirculation Flow Monitor-Comparator Tech Spec NTSP: Tech Spec AV: Calculated A V: Calculated AL: 10%Flow 11%Flow 14.87%Flow 14.87%Flow Reference 3.27 requested that these values be evaluated against an AL of 19%Flow.This calculation indicates that there is positive margin between the calculated AL and the value from Reference 3.27.4.Revise Section 14.7 as follows: 14.7 From References 3.5.s, 3.5.t, and 3.5.v.3.5.z, the required accuracy for the pneumatic calibrator is specified as+/-2.0" W.e.For the normal temperatures involved in the Reactor Building, i.e., up to 118 of, the calculated accuracy of the Wallace and Tieman pneumatic calibrator exceeds this value (Section 9.2).Therefore, the calibration procedures should be revised to indicate the increased uncertainty or to limit the ambient temperature allowed during calibration. 5.Add the following new conclusion section 14.9: 14.9 As-Left/As-Found Tolerances for APRM Flow Biased Trips are: Recirculation Flow Transmitters (Module 1): ALTl rr=+/-0.282 mVdc AFTl rr=+/-0.298 mVdc ABB RPM Input Isolator Circuit (Module 6 n): ALT6 n+/-0.181 Vdc AFT6 n+/-0.183 Vdc ABB RPM Square Root Converter Circuit (Module 6 SR): ALT6 sR=+/-0.049 Vdc ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 AFT6 sR=+/-O.055 Vdc REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.48 ABB RFM Summer Circuit (Module 6 SUM): ALT6 sUM+/-O.OI2 Vdc AFT6 sUM=+/-O.028 Vdc ABB RFM Output Isolator Circuit (Module 6 01);ALT6 01+/-O.OI2 Vdc AFT6 01+/-O.028 Vdc APRM Flow Biased Trip Circuit (Module 4D);ALT4D+/-O.100 Vdc AFT4D+/-O.297 Vdc)The calculated As-Left Tolerances for the abovemodulesbounds the module setting tolerances as noted in sections 13.7.1, 13.7.2, and 13.7.3. ANALYSIS NO.L-001345 15.0 CALCULATION SPREADSHEET REVISION NO.002D PAGE NO.49 1.Delete section 15.0 in its entirety.This spreadsheet was included for reference only, and it was utilized for verifying computations. It is no longer required and is therefore being deleted.FINAL PAGE}}

ML100321363: Difference between revisions

Revision as of 02:25, 19 March 2019

Contents

Text

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

3.0 REFERENCES

SUMMARY

14.0 CONCLUSION

Subject:

Subject:

3.0 REFERENCES

Subject:

Subject:

4.4 Instrument

4.5 Calibration

5.3 Deleted

5.5 Deleted

8.1.1 Transmitter

8.3 Module

5.8 stability

8.4 Module

5.2 these

+/-0.82%Power And And einput4C LP

einput4A%Power einput5A pp 0.82%Power And for the Allowable Value term: einput5A Av

SUMMARY

14.0 CONCLUSION

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

5.0 References

3.0 REFERENCES

SUMMARY

14.0 CONCLUSION

3.0 REFERENCES

SUMMARY

14.0 CONCLUSION

Navigation menu

ML100321363: Difference between revisions

Revision as of 02:25, 19 March 2019

Text

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

3.0 REFERENCES

SUMMARY

14.0 CONCLUSION

Subject:

Subject:

3.0 REFERENCES

Subject:

Subject:

4.4 Instrument

4.5 Calibration

5.3 Deleted

5.5 Deleted

8.1.1 Transmitter

8.3 Module

5.8 stability

8.4 Module

5.2 these

+/-0.82%Power And And einput4C LP

einput4A%Power einput5A pp 0.82%Power And for the Allowable Value term: einput5A Av

SUMMARY

14.0 CONCLUSION

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

5.0 References

3.0 REFERENCES

SUMMARY

14.0 CONCLUSION

3.0 REFERENCES

SUMMARY

14.0 CONCLUSION

Navigation menu

Search